2015 Curriculum framework
Transcription
2015 Curriculum framework
WINDSOR STATE SCHOOL Whole-school Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Plan 2015 Prep – Year 6 The Planning Process at WSS Step 1 • Identify elements of the achievement standard to be assessed in the unit • Identify content descriptors to be assessed in the unit • Refer to: Content Descriptor Mapping and Achievement Standard Mapping in Yearly Overviews Identify Curriculum Step 2 Refine Assessment Step 3 Focus on core concepts and skills Step 4 Sequence Teaching and Learning Step 5 • Evaluate available assessment tasks against the curriculum intent, purpose and context • Modify existing tasks or develop new assessment tasks including development of specific Guide to Making Judgements for summative assessment tasks to be used consistently across the year level • Identify opportunities for for formative assessment • Refer to: relevant Achievement Standard, Content Descriptors and QCAA Standard Elaborations (if available) • Backward mapping from the assessment tasks and Guides to Making Judgements, identify the core concepts and skills do be explicitly taught withing the unit • Consider key facts, concepts, skills and vocabulary • Refer to: Unit Unpacking Table, Assessment Tasks and GTMJs • Consult the school calendar for key events and changes to routine • Identify implementation timelines for assessment tasks • Develop the sequence of teaching and learning for the unit • Refer to: relevant C2C units, Windsor State School Unit Planner, School Calendar • Develop and record differentiation strategies and techniques for support and extension • Confer with SWLD teachers, Enrichment Co-Ordinator and STLaN as required to further differentiate • Refer to: WSS Curriculum Provisions Document, Class Differentation Surfboard Differentiate • As required, adjust the sequence of teaching in response to students' existing and developing understandings and skills Step 6 Monitor and Modify Time Allocations Australian Curriculum Subject Areas Minimum time allocations for English, Mathematics, Science, History and Geography at Windsor State School: Prep− Year 3 Yrs. 4−6 English and literacy 7 hours/week 6 hours/week Mathematics and numeracy 5 hours/week 5 hours/week Science 1 hour/week 1 hour/week 2 hours/week P-2 (1/2 hour/week) (20 hours/week) History & Geography Year 3 (1 hour/week) 1 hour/week (40 hours/year) (40 hours/year) See Recommended curriculum time allocations for Queensland state schools 2014-2016 and QCAA: Time allocations and entitlement – Advice on implementing the Australian Curriculum F(P)-10 for further information. Benchmarks WINDSOR STATE SCHOOL READING BENCHMARKS PREP Year 1 Year 2 A MC WW BA E Term 1 PM 6+ PM 3-5 PM 1-2 Dictated Text Dictated Text Term 2 PM 8+ PM 6-7 PM 3-5 PM 1-2 Dictated Text Term 3 PM 11+ PM 8-10 PM 6-7 PM 3-5 PM <2 Term 4 PM 14+ PM 11-13 PM 8-10 PM 6-7 PM <5 VHA HA S D SR Term 1 PM 14+ PM 11-13 PM 8-10 PM 6-9 PM ≤5 Term 2 PM 17+ PM 14-16 PM 11-13 PM 9-13 PM ≤8 Term 3 PM 20+ PM 17-19 PM 14-16 PM 11-13 PM ≤10 Term 4 PM 21+ PM 19-20 PM 17-18 PM 14-16 PM ≤13 Term 1 PM 21+ PM 19-20 PM 17-18 PM 14-16 PM ≤13 Term 2 PM 22+ PM 21 PM 19-20 PM 17-18 PM ≤16 Term 3 PM 23+ PM 22 PM 21 PM 19-20 PM ≤18 Term 4 PM 24+ PM 23 PM 22 PM 20-21 PM ≤19 A B C D E PM 25+ or PROBE Set 8 PM 24 or PROBE Set 7 PM 23 or PROBE Set 6 PM 22 or PROBE Set 4 or 5 PM ≤21 or PROBE Set ≤3 Term 2 PM 26 PM 25 PM 24 PM 22-23 PM ≤21 Term 3 PM 27 PM 26 PM 25 PM 23-24 PM ≤22 Term 4 PM 28+ or PROBE Set 9 PM 27 or PROBE Set 8 PM 26 or PROBE Set 7 PM 24-25 or PROBE Set 5 or 6 PM ≤23 PROBE Set ≤4 Sem. 1 PROBE Set 11+ Fiction PROBE Set 9-10 Fiction PROBE Set 7-8 Fiction PROBE Set 5-6 Fiction PROBE Set ≤4 Fiction Sem. 2 PROBE Set 12+ Non-Fiction PROBE Set 10-11 Non-Fiction PROBE Set 8-9 Non-Fiction PROBE Set 6-7 Non-Fiction PROBE Set ≤5 Non-Fiction Sem. 1 PROBE Set 13+ Fiction PROBE Set 11-12 Fiction PROBE Set 9-10 Fiction PROBE Set 7-8 Fiction PROBE Set ≤6 Fiction Sem. 2 PROBE Set 14+ Non-Fiction PROBE Set 12-13 Non-Fiction PROBE Set 10-11 Non-Fiction PROBE Set 8-9 Non-Fiction PROBE Set ≤7 Non-Fiction Sem. 1 PROBE Set 15+ Fiction PROBE Set 13-15 Fiction PROBE Set 11-12 Fiction PROBE Set 9-10 Fiction PROBE Set ≤6 Fiction Sem. 2 PROBE Set 16+ Non-Fiction PROBE Set 14-15 Non-Fiction PROBE Set 12-13 Non-Fiction PROBE Set 10-11 Non-Fiction PROBE Set ≤7 Non-Fiction Term 1 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Standardised Assessment Schedule Prep Year 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 Term 3 6 7 8 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 1 0 8 9 1 0 1 2 8 9 1 0 1 2 8 9 1 0 1 2 8 9 1 0 1 2 9 1 0 1 2 3 1 2 3 PM Running Record 9 Term 4 1 0 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 7 8 9 7 8 9 7 8 9 7 8 9 7 8 9 1 0 PM Running Record 2 1 0 Early Start Lit & Num 1 Term 2 Early Start Lit & Num Term 1 Year 1 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 Term 3 6 7 8 1 0 9 6 Term 4 4 5 6 1 0 PM Running Record 4 Pat R Spelling 3 PM Running Record 2 Pat R Reading 1 Term 2 Pat R Maths Term 1 Year 2 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 Pat R Vocab 6 9 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 1 0 PM Running Record 5 Pat R Maths 4 Term 4 Pat R Gram& Punct 3 Term 3 1 0 Pat R Spelling 2 1 0 Pat R Reading 1 Term 2 PM Running Record Term 1 Year 3 8 9 1 0 1 2 3 4 Term 3 5 6 7 8 1 0 9 4 5 6 Term 4 7 3 4 5 6 1 0 PROBE 7 Pat R Maths 6 Pat R Gram& Punct 5 Pat R Spelling 4 PM Running Record 3 Pat R Vocab 2 Pat R Reading 1 Term 2 NAPLAN Term 1 Year 4 7 8 9 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 Term 3 6 7 8 1 0 9 1 2 3 4 5 Term 4 6 7 3 4 5 6 1 0 PROBE 6 Pat R Maths 5 Pat R Gram& Punct 4 PROBE 3 Pat R Vocab 2 Pat R Reading 1 Term 2 Pat R Spelling Term 1 Year 5 8 9 1 0 1 2 3 4 Term 3 5 6 7 8 1 0 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 Term 4 7 3 4 5 6 1 0 PROBE 7 Pat R Maths 6 Pat R Gram&Punct 5 Pat R Spelling 4 PROBE 3 Pat R Vocab 2 Pat R Reading 1 Term 2 NAPLAN Term 1 Year 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 PROBE 6 Pat R Maths 5 Term 4 Pat R Gram &Punct 4 Term 3 1 0 Pat R Spelling 3 1 0 PROBE 2 Pat R Reading 1 Term 2 Pat R Vocab Term 1 1 0 English In the Australian Curriculum: English, the three strands of Language, Literature and Literacy are interrelated and inform and support each other. While the amount of time devoted to each strand may vary, each strand is of equal importance and each focuses on developing skills in listening, speaking, reading, viewing, writing and creating. Teachers combine aspects of the strands in different ways to provide students with learning experiences that meet their needs and interests… …While content descriptions do not repeat key skills, it should be noted that many aspects of the English curriculum are recursive, and teachers need to provide ample opportunity for revision, ongoing practice and consolidation of previously introduced knowledge and skills. [The Australian Curriculum: English] At Windsor State School, English is taught through a variety of structures. The content descriptor mapping document outlines which content descriptors are taught, assessed and reviewed each term. Assessment occurs throughout the year across a variety of genres. In addition to the content descriptors addressed in the yearly overview, the Windsor State School Reading Program is used to teach and assess the reading and comprehension strategy-based content descriptors. The program specifically outlines the strategies, and associated language, to be taught in each year level. It also outlines the structure of reading sessions at Windsor State School, which follow the Explicit Instruction framework. The 7 Steps for Writing Success serves enhances the teaching of writing at Windsor State School. The approach is to be embedded within the appropriate genres across all year levels and reinforced through the consistent use of the language of 7 Steps. Explicit Instruction is the core pedagogy at Windsor State School. Modelled, joint and independent practice should be clearly evident within and across English lessons, with lesson intent and success criteria clearly communicated to students. English Language variation and change Language for interaction Language Text structure and organisation Literature Expressing and developing ideas Sound and Letter Knowledge Literature and context Responding to literature Examining literature Creating literature Texts in context Literacy Interacting with others Interpreting, analysing, evaluating Creating texts Prep Year T1 T2 T3 T4 Understand that English is one of many languages spoken in Australia and that different languages may be spoken by family, classmates and community (ACELA1426) ● ● ● Explore how language is used differently at home and school depending on the relationships between people (ACELA1428) Understand that language can be used to explore ways of expressing needs, likes and dislikes (ACELA1429) Understand that texts can take many forms, can be very short (for example an exit sign) or quite long (for example an information book or a film) and that stories and informative texts have different purposes (ACELA1430) Understand that some language in written texts is unlike everyday spoken language (ACELA1431) Understand that punctuation is a feature of written text different from letters; recognise how capital letters are used for names, and that capital letters and full stops signal the beginning and end of sentences (ACELA1432) Understand concepts about print and screen, including how books, film and simple digital texts work, and know some features of print, for example directionality (ACELA1433) Recognise that sentences are key units for expressing ideas (ACELA1435) Recognise that texts are made up of words and groups of words that make meaning (ACELA1434) Explore the different contribution of words and images to meaning in stories and informative texts (ACELA1786) Understand the use of vocabulary in familiar contexts related to everyday experiences, personal interests and topics taught at school (ACELA1437) Know that spoken sounds and words can be written down using letters of the alphabet and how to write some high- frequency sight words and known words (ACELA1758) Know how to use onset and rime to spell words (ACELA1438) Recognise rhymes, syllables and sounds (phonemes) in spoken words (ACELA1439) Recognise the letters of the alphabet and know there are lower and upper case letters (ACELA1440) ● ● ● ● A Recognise that texts are created by authors who tell stories and share experiences that may be similar or different to students’ own experiences (ACELT1575) M ● ● ● ● M ● A A ● ● M M M A A A M A ● ● ● M ● M ● A ● M ● ● M ● M ● A M ● ● ● A M M ● Respond to texts, identifying favourite stories, authors and illustrators (ACELT1577) ● Share feelings and thoughts about the events and characters in texts (ACELT1783) A ● A M Identify some features of texts including events and characters and retell events from a text (ACELT1578) Recognise some different types of literary texts and identify some characteristic features of literary texts, for example beginnings and endings of traditional texts and rhyme in poetry (ACELT1785) Replicate the rhythms and sound patterns in stories, rhymes, songs and poems from a range of cultures (ACELT1579) Retell familiar literary texts through performance, use of illustrations and images (ACELT1580) Identify some familiar texts and the contexts in which they are used (ACELY1645) Listen to and respond orally to texts and to the communication of others in informal and structured classroom situations (ACELY1646) Use interaction skills including listening while others speak, using appropriate voice levels, articulation and body language, gestures and eye contact (ACELY1784) Deliver short oral presentations to peers (ACELY1647) Identify some differences between imaginative and informative texts (ACELY1648) Read predictable texts, practising phrasing and fluency, and monitor meaning using concepts about print and emerging contextual, semantic, grammatical and phonic knowledge (ACELY1649) A A A M A A ● ● M M M A M M A M M M M A Use comprehension strategies to understand and discuss texts listened to, viewed or read independently (ACELY1650) ● ● ● A ● ● ● ● ● A M A M A Create short texts to explore, record and report ideas and events using familiar words and beginning writing knowledge (ACELY1651) Participate in shared editing of students’ own texts for meaning, spelling, capital letters and full stops (ACELY1652) Produce some lower case and upper case letters using learned letter formations (ACELY1653) ● A A ● ● A A M Construct texts using software including word processing programs (ACELY1654) ● M M M PREP YEAR ENGLISH OVERVIEW Term 1 Summative Term 2 Summative Retell a Story (ACELA1432, ACELA1435, ACELA1758, ACELT1575, ACELT1578, ACELT1580, ACELY1647, ACELY1650, ACELY1651) Formative Speaking: Talk about a favourite story CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Standardised: PM Benchmark Early Start Literacy Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Standardised: PM Benchmark Term 3 Summative Task 1: Book based around “In Prep” at Windsor Task 2: Creates a rhyming sentence Task 3: Retell from Father’s Day Task 4: Responds to a familiar story and identifies the rhyme within it Task 5: Reflection on Nudgee Beach Excursion Formative Sight Words Checklist CAFÉ Reading groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Standardised: PM Benchmark Term 4 Summative Task 1 - Create and recite a rhyme Task 2 - Responding to a rhyming story Reading and comprehension assessment Formative Sight Words Checklist CAFÉ Reading groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Standardised: PM Benchmark Early Start Literacy Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year Prep, students use predicting and questioning strategies to make meaning from texts. They recall one or two events from texts with familiar topics. They understand that there are different types of texts and that these can have similar characteristics. They identify connections between texts and their personal experience. They read short, predictable texts with familiar vocabulary and supportive images, drawing on their developing knowledge of concepts about print and sound and letters. They identify the letters of the English alphabet and use the sounds represented by most letters. They listen to and use appropriate language features to respond to others in a familiar environment. They listen for rhyme, letter patterns and sounds in words. Students understand that their texts can reflect their own experiences. They identify and describe likes and dislikes about familiar texts, objects, characters and events. In informal group and whole class settings, students communicate clearly. They retell events and experiences with peers and known adults. They identify and use rhyme, letter patterns and sounds in words. When writing, students use familiar words and phrases and images to convey ideas. Their writing shows evidence of sound and letter knowledge, beginning writing behaviours and experimentation with capital letters and full stops. They correctly form known upperand lower-case letters. By the end of Year Prep, students use predicting and questioning strategies to make meaning from texts. They recall one or two events from texts with familiar topics. They understand that there are different types of texts and that these can have similar characteristics. They identify connections between texts and their personal experience. They read short, predictable texts with familiar vocabulary and supportive images, drawing on their developing knowledge of concepts about print and sound and letters. They identify the letters of the English alphabet and use the sounds represented by most letters. They listen to and use appropriate language features to respond to others in a familiar environment. They listen for rhyme, letter patterns and sounds in words. Students understand that their texts can reflect their own experiences. They identify and describe likes and dislikes about familiar texts, objects, characters and events. In informal group and whole class settings, students communicate clearly. They retell events and experiences with peers and known adults. They identify and use rhyme, letter patterns and sounds in words. When writing, students use familiar words and phrases and images to convey ideas. Their writing shows evidence of sound and letter knowledge, beginning writing behaviours and experimentation with capital letters and full stops. They correctly form known upper and lower-case letters By the end of the Year Prep, students use predicting and questioning strategies to make meaning from texts. They recall one or two events from texts with familiar topics. They understand that there are different types of texts and that these can have similar characteristics. They identify connections between texts and their personal experience. They read short, predictable texts with familiar vocabulary and supportive images, drawing on their developing knowledge of concepts about print and sound and letters. They identify the letters of the English alphabet and use the sounds represented by most letters. They listen to and use appropriate language features to respond to others in a familiar environment. They listen for rhyme, letter patterns and sounds in words. Students understand that their texts can reflect their own experiences. They identify and describe likes and dislikes about familiar texts, objects, characters and events. In informal group and whole class settings, students communicate clearly. They retell events and experiences with peers and known adults. They identify and use rhyme, letter patterns and sounds in words. When writing, students use familiar words and phrases and images to convey ideas. Their writing shows evidence of sound and letter knowledge, beginning writing behaviours and experimentation with capital letters and full stops. They correctly form known upper- and lower-case letters. By the end of the Year Prep, students use predicting and questioning strategies to make meaning from texts. They recall one or two events from texts with familiar topics. They understand that there are different types of texts and that these can have similar characteristics. They identify connections between texts and their personal experience. They read short, predictable texts with familiar vocabulary and supportive images, drawing on their developing knowledge of concepts about print and sound and letters. They identify the letters of the English alphabet and use the sounds represented by most letters. They listen to and use appropriate language features to respond to others in a familiar environment. They listen for rhyme, letter patterns and sounds in words. Students understand that their texts can reflect their own experiences. They identify and describe likes and dislikes about familiar texts, objects, characters and events. In informal group and whole class settings, students communicate clearly. They retell events and experiences with peers and known adults. They identify and use rhyme, letter patterns and sounds in words. When writing, students use familiar words and phrases and images to convey ideas. Their writing shows evidence of sound and letter knowledge, beginning writing behaviours and experimentation with capital letters and full stops. They correctly form known upper- and lower-case letters. English Language variation and change Year 1 Language Text structure and organisation Expressing and developing ideas ● Literature Literature and context Responding to literature Examining literature Creating literature Texts in context Literacy Interacting with others Interpreting, analysing, evaluating Creating texts A Understand that there are different ways of asking for information, making offers and giving commands (ACELA1446) Explore different ways of expressing emotions, including verbal, visual, body language and facial expressions (ACELA1787) ● Understand that the purposes texts serve shape their structure in predictable ways (ACELA1447) A ● Understand patterns of repetition and contrast in simple texts (ACELA1448) ● A Recognise that different types of punctuation, including full stops, question marks and exclamation marks, signal sentences that make statements, ask questions, express emotion or give commands (ACELA1449) Understand concepts about print and screen, including how different types of texts are organised using page numbering, tables of content, headings and titles, navigation buttons, bars and links (ACELA1450) Identify the parts of a simple sentence that represent ‘What’s happening?’ ‘What state is being described?’, ‘Who or what is involved?’ and the surrounding circumstances (ACELA1451) T 3 T 4 ● A A A ● A ● A A A A ● M A M ● M M Explore differences in words that represent people, places and things (nouns, including pronouns), happenings and states (verbs), qualities (adjectives) and details such as when, where and how (adverbs) (ACELA1452) M A A A Compare different kinds of images in narrative and informative texts and discuss how they contribute to meaning (ACELA1453) ● ● ● A ● A Understand the use of vocabulary in everyday contexts as well as a growing number of school contexts, including appropriate use of formal and informal terms of address in different contexts (ACELA1454) Sound and Letter Knowledge T 2 Understand that people use different systems of communication to cater to different needs and purposes and that many people may use sign systems to communicate with others (ACELA1443) Understand that language is used in combination with other means of communication, for example facial expressions and gestures to interact with others (ACELA1444) Language for interaction T 1 Know that regular one-syllable words are made up of letters and common letter clusters that correspond to the sounds heard, and how to use visual memory to write high-frequency words (ACELA1778) M A A M Recognise and know how to use morphemes in word families for example ‘play’ in ‘played’ and ‘playing’ (ACELA1455) M ● A M Manipulate sounds in spoken words including phoneme deletion and substitution (ACELA1457) ● ● A ● Recognise sound—letter matches including common vowel and consonant digraphs and consonant blends (ACELA1458) ● A A ● Understand the variability of sound — letter matches (ACELA1459) ● ● A ● Discuss how authors create characters using language and images (ACELT1581) ● A A ● Discuss characters and events in a range of literary texts and share personal responses to these texts, making connections with students' own experiences (ACELT1582) A ● A ● A ● ● A A Express preferences for specific texts and authors and listen to the opinions of others (ACELT1583) Discuss features of plot, character and setting in different types of literature and explore some features of characters in different texts (ACELT1584) A A Listen to, recite and perform poems, chants, rhymes and songs, imitating and inventing sound patterns including alliteration and rhyme (ACELT1585) A Recreate texts imaginatively using drawing, writing, performance and digital forms of communication (ACELT1586) A Respond to texts drawn from a range of cultures and experiences (ACELY1655) M M Engage in conversations and discussions, using active listening behaviours, showing interest, and contributing ideas, information and questions (ACELY1656) ● ● A M Use interaction skills including turn-taking, recognising the contributions of others, speaking clearly and using appropriate volume and pace (ACELY1788) ● ● A M Make short presentations using some introduced text structures and language, for example opening statements (ACELY1657) A ● A Describe some differences between imaginative informative and persuasive texts (ACELY1658) ● ● M A M A A A A A A A ● A A A ● M M A A M A A A Read supportive texts using developing phrasing, fluency, contextual, semantic, grammatical and phonic knowledge and emerging text processing strategies, for example prediction, monitoring meaning and rereading (ACELY1659) Use comprehension strategies to build literal and inferred meaning about key events, ideas and information in texts that they listen to, view and read by drawing on growing knowledge of context, text structures and language features (ACELY1660) Create short imaginative and informative text that show emerging use of appropriate text structure, sentence-level grammar, word choice, spelling, punctuation and appropriate multimodal elements, for example illustration and diagrams (ACELY1661) Reread student's own texts and discus possible changes to improve meaning, spelling and punctuation (ACELY1662) Write using unjoined lower case and upper case letters (ACELY1663) Construct texts that incorporate supporting images using software including word processing programs (ACELY1664) M YEAR 1 ENGLISH OVERVIEW Term 1 Term 2 Summative Responses to picture books Summative Reading Comprehension Character Description Formative Spoken presentation about character emotions CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Term 3 Summative Create a character Retell Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Student work samples and observations Term 4 Summative Procedure Formative Digital Innovation Persuasive text CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Standardised: PM Benchmark PAT-R Comprehension Standardised: PM Benchmark Standardised: PM Benchmark Student work samples and observations Standardised: PM Benchmark Early Start Literacy Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year 1, students understand the different purposes of texts. They make connections to personal experience when explaining characters and main events in short texts. They identify the language features, images and vocabulary used to describe characters and events. Students read aloud, with developing fluency and intonation, short texts with some unfamiliar vocabulary, simple and compound sentences and supportive images. When reading, they use knowledge of sounds and letters, high frequency words, sentence boundary punctuation and directionality to make meaning. They recall key ideas and recognise literal and implied meaning in texts. They listen to others when taking part in conversations, using appropriate language features. They listen for and reproduce letter patterns and letter clusters. By the end of Year 1, students understand the different purposes of texts. They make connections to personal experience when explaining characters and main events in short texts. They identify the language features, images and vocabulary used to describe characters and events. Students read aloud, with developing fluency and intonation, short texts with some unfamiliar vocabulary, simple and compound sentences and supportive images. When reading, they use knowledge of sounds and letters, high frequency words, sentence boundary punctuation and directionality to make meaning. They recall key ideas and recognise literal and implied meaning in texts. They listen to others when taking part in conversations, using appropriate language features. They listen for and reproduce letter patterns and letter clusters. By the end of Year 1, students understand the different purposes of texts. They make connections to personal experience when explaining characters and main events in short texts. They identify the language features, images and vocabulary used to describe characters and events. Students read aloud, with developing fluency and intonation, short texts with some unfamiliar vocabulary, simple and compound sentences and supportive images. When reading, they use knowledge of sounds and letters, high-frequency words, sentence boundary punctuation and directionality to make meaning. They recall key ideas and recognise literal and implied meaning in texts. They listen to others when taking part in conversations, using appropriate language features. They listen for and reproduce letter patterns and letter clusters. Students understand how characters in texts are developed and give reasons for personal preferences. They create texts that show understanding of the connection between writing, speech and images. They create short texts for a small range of purposes. They interact in pair, group and class discussions, taking turns when responding. They make short presentations of a few connected sentences on familiar and learned topics. When writing, students provide details about ideas or events. They accurately spell words with regular spelling patterns and use capital letters and full stops. They correctly form all upper- and lower-case letters. Students understand how characters in texts are developed and give reasons for personal preferences. They create texts that show understanding of the connection between writing, speech and images. They create short texts for a small range of purposes. They interact in pair, group and class discussions, taking turns when responding. They make short presentations of a few connected sentences on familiar and learned topics. When writing, students provide details about ideas or events. They accurately spell words with regular spelling patterns and use capital letters and full stops. They correctly form all upper- and lower-case letters. By the end of Year 1, students understand the different purposes of texts. They make connections to personal experience when explaining characters and main events in short texts. They identify the language features, images and vocabulary used to describe characters and events. Students read aloud - with developing fluency and intonation - short texts with some unfamiliar vocabulary, simple and compound sentences and supportive images. When reading, they use knowledge of sounds and letters, high-frequency words, sentence- boundary punctuation and directionality to make meaning. They recall key ideas and recognise literal and implied meaning in texts. They listen to others when taking part in conversations, using appropriate language features. They listen for and reproduce letter patterns and letter clusters Students understand how characters in texts are developed and give reasons for personal preferences. They create texts that show understanding of the connection between writing, speech and images. They create short texts for a small range of purposes. They interact in pair, group and class discussions, taking turns when responding. They make short presentations of a few connected sentences on familiar and learned topics. When writing, students provide details about ideas or events. They accurately spell words with regular spelling patterns and use capital letters and full stops. They correctly form all upper and lowercase letters. Students understand how characters in texts are developed and give reasons for personal preferences. They create texts that show understanding of the connection between writing, speech and images. They create short texts for a small range of purposes. They interact in pair, group and class discussions, taking turns when responding. They make short presentations of a few connected sentences on familiar and learned topics. When writing, students provide details about ideas or events. They accurately spell words with regular spelling patterns and use capital letters and full stops. They correctly form all upper- and lowercase letters. English Language variation and change Language for interaction Year 2 Understand that spoken, visual and written forms of language are different modes of communication with different features and their use varies according to the audience, purpose, context and cultural background (ACELA1460) Understand that language varies when people take on different roles in social and classroom interactions and how the use of key interpersonal language resources varies depending on context (ACELA1461) Identify language that can be used for appreciating texts and the qualities of people and things (ACELA1462) Understand that different types of texts have identifiable text structures and language features that help the text serve its purpose (ACELA1463) Language Text structure and organisation Expressing and developing ideas Sound and Letter Knowledge Literacy Literature and context Responding to literature Examining literature Creating literature Texts in context Literature Interacting with others Interpreting, analysing, evaluating Creating texts Understand how texts are made cohesive through resources, for example word associations, synonyms, and antonyms (ACELA1464) Recognise that capital letters signal proper nouns and commas are used to separate items in lists (ACELA1465) Know some features of text organisation including page and screen layouts, alphabetical order, and different types of diagrams, for example timelines (ACELA1466) Understand that simple connections can be made between ideas by using a compound sentence with two or more clauses usually linked by a coordinating conjunction (ACELA1467) Understand that nouns represent people, places, concrete objects and abstract concepts; that there are three types of nouns: common, proper and pronouns; and that noun groups/phrases can be expanded using articles and adjectives (ACELA1468) Identify visual representations of characters’ actions, reactions, speech and thought processes in narratives, and consider how these images add to or contradict or multiply the meaning of accompanying words (ACELA1469) Understand the use of vocabulary about familiar and new topics and experiment with and begin to make conscious choices of vocabulary to suit audience and purpose (ACELA1470) Understand how to use digraphs, long vowels, blends and silent letters to spell words, and use morphemes and syllabification to break up simple words and use visual memory to write irregular words (ACELA1471) Recognise common prefixes and suffixes and how they change a word’s meaning (ACELA1472) T 1 ● T 2 T 3 T 4 A A ● ● A A A ● ● ● ● M M M M M M A M M ● ● M M M ● A A M A A M M M A M M Recognise most sound–letter matches including silent letters, vowel/consonant digraphs and many less common sound– letter combinations (ACELA1474) ● ● ● M Discuss how depictions of characters in print, sound and images reflect the contexts in which they were created (ACELT1587) ● ● ● M Compare opinions about characters, events and settings in and between texts (ACELT1589) ● ● A M Identify aspects of different types of literary texts that entertain, and give reasons for personal preferences (ACELT1590) A ● ● ● Discuss the characters and settings of different texts and explore how language is used to present these features in different ways (ACELT1591) Identify, reproduce and experiment with rhythmic, sound and word patterns in poems, chants, rhymes and songs (ACELT1592) Create events and characters using different media that develop key events and characters from literary texts (ACELT1593) Discuss different texts on a similar topic, identifying similarities and differences between the texts (ACELY1665) Listen for specific purposes and information, including instructions, and extend students’ own and others' ideas in discussions (ACELY1666) Use interaction skills including initiating topics, making positive statements and voicing disagreement in an appropriate manner, speaking clearly and varying tone, volume and pace appropriately (ACELY1789) A A A A A A A M A M M A M A M A A M Rehearse and deliver short presentations on familiar and new topics (ACELY1667) A A M Identify the audience of imaginative, informative and persuasive texts (ACELY1668) Read less predictable texts with phrasing and fluency by combining contextual, semantic, grammatical and phonic knowledge using text processing strategies, for example monitoring meaning, predicting, rereading and self- correcting (ACELY1669) Use comprehension strategies to build literal and inferred meaning and begin to analyse texts by drawing on growing knowledge of context, language and visual features and print and multimodal text structures (ACELY1670) Create short imaginative, informative and persuasive texts using growing knowledge of text structures and language features for familiar and some less familiar audiences, selecting print and multimodal elements appropriate to the audience and purpose (ACELY1671) Reread and edit text for spelling, sentence-boundary punctuation and text structure (ACELY1672) Write legibly and with growing fluency using unjoined upper case and lower case letters (ACELY1673) Construct texts featuring print, visual and audio elements using software, including word processing programs (ACELY1674) A M M M M A M A A A A A A A A A M M M M M M M A M ● M M M M YEAR 2 ENGLISH OVERVIEW Term 1 Term 2 Summative Playing with verse Summative Listening Comprehension Imaginative Retell Formative Reading comprehension task CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Reading Comprehension Persuasive Text Student work samples and observations Term 3 Summative Reading comprehension Exploring an informative text Narrative Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Term 4 Summative Procedural Text Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Student work samples and observations Standardised: PM Benchmark PAT-R Comprehension Standardised: PM Benchmark Standardised: PM Benchmark Standardised: PM Benchmark Early Start Literacy Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year 2, students understand how similar texts share characteristics by identifying text structures and language features used to describe characters, settings and events. They read texts that contain varied sentence structures, some unfamiliar vocabulary, a significant number of high frequency sight words and images that provide additional information. They monitor meaning and self-correct using context, prior knowledge, punctuation, language and phonic knowledge. They identify literal and implied meaning, main ideas and supporting detail. Students make connections between texts by comparing content. They listen for particular purposes. They listen for and manipulate sound combinations and rhythmic sound patterns. When discussing their ideas and experiences, students use everyday language features and topicspecific vocabulary. They explain their preferences for aspects of texts using other texts as comparisons. They create texts that show how images support the meaning of the text. Students create texts, drawing on their own experiences, their imagination and information they have learned. They use a variety of strategies to engage in group and class discussions and make presentations. They accurately spell familiar words and attempt to spell less familiar words and use punctuation accurately. They legibly write unjoined upper- and lower-case letters. By the end of Year 2, students understand how similar texts share characteristics by identifying text structures and language features used to describe characters, settings and events. They read texts that contain varied sentence structures, some unfamiliar vocabulary, a significant number of high frequency sight words and images that provide additional information. They monitor meaning and self-correct using context, prior knowledge, punctuation, language and phonic knowledge. They identify literal and implied meaning, main ideas and supporting detail. Students make connections between texts by comparing content. They listen for particular purposes. They listen for and manipulate sound combinations and rhythmic sound patterns. By the end of Year 2, students understand how similar texts share characteristics by identifying text structures and language features used to describe characters, settings and events. They read texts that contain varied sentence structures, some unfamiliar vocabulary, a significant number of high frequency sight words and images that provide additional information. They monitor meaning and self-correct using context, prior knowledge, punctuation, language and phonic knowledge. They identify literal and implied meaning, main ideas and supporting detail. Students make connections between texts by comparing content. They listen for particular purposes. They listen for and manipulate sound combinations and rhythmic sound patterns. By the end of Year 2, students understand how similar texts share characteristics by identifying text structures and language features used to describe characters, settings and events. They read texts that contain varied sentence structures, some unfamiliar vocabulary, a significant number of high frequency sight words and images that provide additional information. They monitor meaning and self-correct using context, prior knowledge, punctuation, language and phonic knowledge. They identify literal and implied meaning, main ideas and supporting detail. Students make connections between texts by comparing content. They listen for particular purposes. They listen for and manipulate sound combinations and rhythmic sound patterns. When discussing their ideas and experiences, students use everyday language features and topicspecific vocabulary. They explain their preferences for aspects of texts using other texts as comparisons. They create texts that show how images support the meaning of the text. Students create texts, drawing on their own experiences, their imagination and information they have learned. They use a variety of strategies to engage in group and class discussions and make presentations. They accurately spell familiar words and attempt to spell less familiar words and use punctuation accurately. They legibly write unjoined upper- and lower-case letters. When discussing their ideas and experiences, students use everyday language features and topicspecific vocabulary. They explain their preferences for aspects of texts using other texts as comparisons. They create texts that show how images support the meaning of the text. Students create texts, drawing on their own experiences, their imagination and information they have learned. They use a variety of strategies to engage in group and class discussions and make presentations. They accurately spell familiar words and attempt to spell less familiar words and use punctuation accurately. They legibly write unjoined upper- and lower-case letters. They read texts that contain varied sentence structures, some unfamiliar vocabulary, a significant number of high frequency sight words and images that provide additional information. They monitor meaning and self-correct using context, prior knowledge, punctuation, language and phonic knowledge. They identify literal and implied meaning, main ideas and supporting detail. Students make connections between texts by comparing content. They listen for particular purposes. They listen for and manipulate sound combinations and rhythmic sound patterns. English Language variation and change Language Language for interaction Text structure and organisation T 1 Literature and context Responding to literature Examining literature Creating literature Understand that languages have different written and visual communication systems, different oral traditions and different ways of constructing meaning (ACELA1475) Interacting with others Creating texts T 4 A ● ● Examine how evaluative language can be varied to be more or less forceful (ACELA1477) M A Understand how different types of texts vary in use of language choices, depending on their purpose and context (for example, tense and types of sentences) (ACELA1478) A A A A Understand that paragraphs are a key organisational feature of written texts (ACELA1479) A ● A A Know that word contractions are a feature of informal language and that apostrophes of contraction are used to signal missing letters (ACELA1480) ● A A M A ● Understand that a clause is a unit of grammar usually containing a subject and a verb and that these need to be in agreement (ACELA1481) ● A M A Understand that verbs represent different processes, for example doing, thinking, saying, and relating and that these processes are anchored in time through tense (ACELA1482) A A A ● A A A Identify the effect on audiences of techniques, for example shot size, vertical camera angle and layout in picture books, advertisements and film segments (ACELA1483) M Learn extended and technical vocabulary and ways of expressing opinion including modal verbs and adverbs (ACELA1484) A Understand how to use sound–letter relationships and knowledge of spelling rules, compound words, prefixes, suffixes, morphemes and less common letter combinations, for example ‘tion’ (ACELA1485) M M M M Recognise high frequency sight words (ACELA1486) M M M A Discuss texts in which characters, events and settings are portrayed in different ways, and speculate on the authors’ reasons (ACELT1594) A ● A Draw connections between personal experiences and the worlds of texts, and share responses with others (ACELT1596) ● A ● Develop criteria for establishing personal preferences for literature (ACELT1598) ● ● A Discuss how language is used to describe the settings in texts, and explore how the settings shape the events and influence the mood of the narrative (ACELT1599) ● ● A A Discuss the nature and effects of some language devices used to enhance meaning and shape the reader’s reaction, including rhythm and onomatopoeia in poetry and prose (ACELT1600) ● A Create imaginative texts based on characters, settings and events from students’ own and other cultures using visual features, for example perspective, distance and angle (ACELT1601) ● A A A A ● A Identify the point of view in a text and suggest alternative points of view (ACELY1675) M M M Listen to and contribute to conversations and discussions to share information and ideas and negotiate in collaborative situations (ACELY1676) M M A A A Use interaction skills, including active listening behaviours and communicate in a clear, coherent manner using a variety of everyday and learned vocabulary and appropriate tone, pace, pitch and volume (ACELY1792) Plan and deliver short presentations, providing some key details in logical sequence (ACELY1677) ● A A A A M M A A M A Read an increasing range of different types of texts by combining contextual, semantic, grammatical and phonic knowledge, using text processing strategies, for example monitoring, predicting, confirming, rereading, reading on and self-correcting (ACELY1679) M A ● A Use comprehension strategies to build literal and inferred meaning and begin to evaluate texts by drawing on a growing knowledge of context, text structures and language features (ACELY1680) A A A A Plan, draft and publish imaginative, informative and persuasive texts demonstrating increasing control over text structures and language features and selecting print, and multimodal elements appropriate to the audience and purpose (ACELY1682) A A A A M M M M A A Write using joined letters that are clearly formed and consistent in size (ACELY1684) Use software including word processing programs with growing speed and efficiency to construct and edit texts featuring visual, print and audio elements (ACELY1685) M M A Identify the audience and purpose of imaginative, informative and persuasive texts (ACELY1678) Interpreting, analysing, evaluating T 3 Understand that successful cooperation with others depends on shared use of social conventions, including turn-taking patterns, and forms of address that vary according to the degree of formality in social situations (ACELA1476) Create texts that adapt language features and patterns encountered in literary texts, for example characterisation, rhyme, rhythm, mood, music, sound effects and dialogue (ACELT1791) Texts in context Literacy T 2 Identify the features of online texts that enhance navigation (ACELA1790) Expressing and developing ideas Literature Year 3 Reread and edit texts for meaning, appropriate structure, grammatical choices and punctuation (ACELY1683) M A M YEAR 3 ENGLISH OVERVIEW Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Summative Persuasive text Summative Narrative text Reading Comprehension (Peasant Prince) Dialogue Presentation Summative Reading comprehension Retelling a story from a different perspective Creating a multimodal text (narrative) Summative Writing and presenting poetry Comprehending poetry Formative Persuasive text CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Formative Narrative text CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Comprehending traditional stories Standardised: PAT-R Grammar and Punctuation PAT-R Spelling Student work samples and observations Standardised: PAT-R Comprehension Student work samples and observations Standardised: PROBE NAPLAN PAT-R Vocabulary Student work samples and observations Student work samples and observations Standardised: PROBE Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year 3, students understand how content can be organised using different text structures depending on the purpose of the text. They understand how language features, images and vocabulary choices are used for different effects. They read texts that contain varied sentence structures, a range of punctuation conventions, and images that provide additional information. They identify literal and implied meaning connecting ideas in different parts of a text. They select information, ideas and events in texts that relate to their own lives and to other texts. They listen to others' views and respond appropriately. Students understand how language features are used to link and sequence ideas. They understand how language can be used to express feelings and opinions on topics. Their texts include writing and images to express and develop in some detail experiences, events, information, ideas and characters. Students create a range of texts for familiar and unfamiliar audiences. They contribute actively to class and group discussions, asking questions, providing useful feedback and making presentations. They demonstrate understanding of grammar and choose vocabulary and punctuation appropriate to the purpose and context of their writing. They use knowledge of sounds and high frequency words to spell words accurately, checking their work for meaning. They write using joined letters that are accurately formed and consistent in size. By the end of Year 3, students understand how content can be organised using different text structures depending on the purpose of the text. They understand how language features images and vocabulary choices are used for different effects. They read texts that contain varied sentence structures, a range of punctuation conventions, and images that provide additional information. They identify literal and implied meaning connecting ideas in different parts of a text. They select information, ideas and events in texts that relate to their own lives and to other texts. They listen to others' views and respond appropriately. By the end of Year 3, students understand how content can be organised using different text structures depending on the purpose of the text. They understand how language features, images and vocabulary choices are used for different effects. They read texts that contain varied sentence structures, a range of punctuation conventions, and images that provide additional information. They identify literal and implied meaning connecting ideas in different parts of a text. They select information, ideas and events in texts that relate to their own lives and to other texts. They listen to others' views and respond appropriately. Students understand how language features are used to link and sequence ideas. They understand how language can be used to express feelings and opinions on topics. Their texts include writing and images to express and develop in some detail experiences, events, information, ideas and characters. Students create a range of texts for familiar and unfamiliar audiences. They contribute actively to class and group discussions, asking questions, providing useful feedback and making presentations. They demonstrate understanding of grammar and choose vocabulary and punctuation appropriate to the purpose and context of their writing. They use knowledge of sounds and high frequency words to spell words accurately, checking their work for meaning. They write using joined letters that are accurately formed and consistent in size. By the end of Year 3, students understand how content can be organised using different text structures depending on the purpose of the text. They understand how language features, images and vocabulary choices are used for different effects. They read texts that contain varied sentence structures, a range of punctuation conventions, and images that provide additional information. They identify literal and implied meaning connecting ideas in different parts of a text. They select information, ideas and events in texts that relate to their own lives and to other texts. They listen to others' views and respond appropriately. Students understand how language features are used to link and sequence ideas. They understand how language can be used to express feelings and opinions on topics. Their texts include writing and images to express and develop in some detail experiences, events, information, ideas and characters. Students create a range of texts for familiar and unfamiliar audiences. They contribute actively to class and group discussions, asking questions, providing useful feedback and making presentations. They demonstrate understanding of grammar and choose vocabulary and punctuation appropriate to the purpose and context of their writing. They use knowledge of sounds and high frequency words to spell words accurately, checking their work for meaning. They write using joined letters that are accurately formed and consistent in size. Students understand how language features are used to link and sequence ideas. They understand how language can be used to express feelings and opinions on topics. Their texts include writing and images to express and develop in some detail experiences, events, information, ideas and characters. Students create a range of texts for familiar and unfamiliar audiences. They contribute actively to class and group discussions, asking questions, providing useful feedback and making presentations. They demonstrate understanding of grammar and choose vocabulary and punctuation appropriate to the purpose and context of their writing. They use knowledge of sounds and high-frequency words to spell words accurately, checking their work for meaning. They write using joined letters that are accurately formed and consistent in size. T2 T3 Understand that Standard Australian English is one of many social dialects used in Australia, and that while it originated in England it has been influenced by many other languages (ACELA1487) ● ● Understand that social interactions influence the way people engage with ideas and respond to others for example when exploring and clarifying the ideas of others, summarising their own views and reporting them to a larger group (ACELA1488) ● A ● A A Year 4 English Language variation & change Language for interaction Language Text structure and organisation T1 Understand differences between the language of opinion and feeling and the language of factual reporting or recording (ACELA1489) Understand how texts vary in complexity and technicality depending on the approach to the topic, the purpose and the intended audience (ACELA1490) A A A Understand how texts are made cohesive through the use of linking devices including pronoun reference and text connectives (ACELA1491) A A A Recognise how quotation marks are used in texts to signal dialogue, titles and quoted (direct) speech (ACELA1492) A A A A A M A A M Identify features of online texts that enhance readability including text, navigation, links, graphics and layout (ACELA1793) ● Understand that the meaning of sentences can be enriched through the use of noun groups/phrases and verb groups/phrases and prepositional phrases (ACELA1493) A Investigate how quoted (direct) and reported (indirect) speech work in different types of text (ACELA1494) Expressing and developing ideas Understand how adverb groups/phrases and prepositional phrases work in different ways to provide circumstantial details about an activity (ACELA1495) A Literature Examining literature Creating literature Texts in context A A A A Recognise homophones and know how to use context to identify correct spelling (ACELA1780) M M Make connections between the ways different authors may represent similar storylines, ideas and relationships (ACELT1602) A A A M Literacy Interpreting, analysing, evaluating Creating texts M Discuss literary experiences with others, sharing responses and expressing a point of view (ACELT1603) A A A M Use metalanguage to describe the effects of ideas, text structures and language features of literary texts (ACELT1604) A M A A Discuss how authors and illustrators make stories exciting, moving and absorbing and hold readers’ interest by using various techniques e.g. character development and plot tension (ACELT1605) A M A Understand, interpret and experiment with a range of devices and deliberate word play in poetry and other literary texts, e.g. nonsense words, spoonerisms, neologisms, and puns (ACELT1606) A Create literary texts that explore students’ own experiences and imagining (ACELT1607) ● Create literary texts by developing storylines, characters and settings (ACELT1794) ● A ● A A Identify and explain language features of texts from earlier times and compare with the vocabulary, images, layout and content of contemporary texts (ACELY1686) Interpret ideas and information in spoken texts and listen for key points in order to carry out tasks and use information to share and extend ideas and information (ACELY1687) Interacting with others A A Understand how to use strategies for spelling words, including spelling rules, knowledge of morphemic word families, spelling generalisations, and letter combinations including double letter(ACELA1779) Responding to literature M Explore the effect of choices when framing an image, placement of elements in the image, and salience on composition of still and moving images in a range of types of texts (ACELA1496) Incorporate new vocabulary from a range of sources into students’ own texts including vocabulary encountered in research (ACELA1498) Literature and context T4 A M Use interaction skills such as acknowledging another’s point of view and linking students’ response to the topic, using familiar and new vocabulary and a range of vocal effects such as tone, pace, pitch and volume to speak clearly and coherently (ACELY1688) A A M Plan, rehearse and deliver presentations incorporating learned content and taking into account the particular purposes and audiences (ACELY1689) A A M M A M ● M A Identify characteristic features used in imaginative, informative and persuasive texts to meet the purpose of the text (ACELY1690) A Read different types of texts by combining contextual , semantic, grammatical and phonic knowledge using text processing strategies for example monitoring meaning, cross checking and reviewing (ACELY1691) Use comprehension strategies to build literal and inferred meaning to expand content knowledge, integrating and linking ideas and analysing and evaluating texts (ACELY1692) A M A A Plan, draft and publish imaginative, informative and persuasive texts containing key information and supporting details for a widening range of audiences, demonstrating increasing control over text structures and language features (ACELY1694) ● A A M Reread and edit for meaning by adding, deleting or moving words or word groups to improve content and structure (ACELY1695) A A A M Write using clearly-formed joined letters, and develop increased fluency and automaticity (ACELY1696) M M M M Use a range of software including word processing programs to construct, edit and publish written text, and select, edit and place visual, print and audio elements (ACELY1697) M M ● M YEAR 4 ENGLISH OVERVIEW Term 1 Summative Write a new chapter Term 2 Formative Reading comprehension CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Summative Write a traditional story Present a traditional story Comprehension task Formative Comprehension Task CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Student work samples and observations Term 3 Term 4 Summative Reading comprehension Written Response (Quest Novel) Summative Listening and viewing comprehension (analysis) Reading comprehension Formative Online discussion posts Comprehending recounts CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Panel discussion Student work samples and observations Standardised: PAT-R Comprehension Standardised: PROBE PAT-R Vocabulary Standardised: PAT-R Grammar and Punctuation PAT-R Spelling Standardised: PROBE Product design Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year 4, students understand that texts have different text structures depending on purpose and audience. They explain how language features, images and vocabulary are used to engage the interest of audiences. They describe literal and implied meaning connecting ideas in different texts. They express preferences for particular texts, and respond to others' viewpoints. They listen for key points in discussions. By the end of Year 4, students understand that texts have different text structures depending on purpose and audience. They explain how language features, images and vocabulary are used to engage the interest of audiences. They describe literal and implied meaning connecting ideas in different texts. They express preferences for particular texts, and respond to others' viewpoints. They listen for key points in discussions. By the end of Year 4, students understand that texts have different text structures depending on purpose and audience. They explain how language features, images and vocabulary are used to engage the interest of audiences. They describe literal and implied meaning connecting ideas in different texts. They express preferences for particular texts, and respond to others' viewpoints. They listen for key points in discussions. By the end of Year 4, students understand that texts have different text structures depending on purpose and audience. They explain how language features, images and vocabulary are used to engage the interest of audiences. They describe literal and implied meaning connecting ideas in different texts. They express preferences for particular texts, and respond to others' viewpoints. They listen for key points in discussions. Students use language features to create coherence and add detail to their texts. They understand how to express an opinion based on information in a text. They create texts that show understanding of how images and detail can be used to extend key ideas. Students create structured texts to explain ideas for different audiences. They make presentations and contribute actively to class and group discussions, varying language according to context. They demonstrate understanding of grammar, select vocabulary from a range of resources and use accurate spelling and punctuation, editing their work to improve meaning. Students use language features to create coherence and add detail to their texts. They understand how to express an opinion based on information in a text. They create texts that show understanding of how images and detail can be used to extend key ideas. Students create structured texts to explain ideas for different audiences. They make presentations and contribute actively to class and group discussions, varying language according to context. They demonstrate understanding of grammar, select vocabulary from a range of resources and use accurate spelling and punctuation, editing their work to improve meaning. Students use language features to create coherence and add detail to their texts. They understand how to express an opinion based on information in a text. They create texts that show understanding of how images and detail can be used to extend key ideas. Students create structured texts to explain ideas for different audiences. They make presentations and contribute actively to class and group discussions, varying language according to context. They demonstrate understanding of grammar, select vocabulary from a range of resources and use accurate spelling and punctuation, editing their work to improve meaning. Students use language features to create coherence and add detail to their texts. They understand how to express an opinion based on information in a text. They create texts that show understanding of how images and detail can be used to extend key ideas. Students create structured texts to explain ideas for different audiences. They make presentations and contribute actively to class and group discussions, varying language according to context. They demonstrate understanding of grammar, select vocabulary from a range of resources and use accurate spelling and punctuation, editing their work to improve meaning. English Language variation and change Language for interaction Language Text structure and organisation T2 T3 Understand that the pronunciation, spelling and meanings of words have histories and change over time (ACELA1500) ● ● Understand that patterns of language interaction vary across social contexts and types of texts and that they help to signal social roles and relationships (ACELA1501) ● Year 5 Understand how to move beyond making bare assertions and take account of differing perspectives and points of view (ACELA1502) Literature Examining literature Creating literature A ● A A A Understand that the starting point of a sentence gives prominence to the message in the text and allows for prediction of how the text will unfold (ACELA1505) ● A ● A M M A Understand how the grammatical category of possessives is signalled through apostrophes and how to use apostrophes with common and proper nouns (ACELA1506) Literacy Interacting with others Interpreting, analysing, evaluating Creating texts A A M A M A M A Explain sequences of images in print texts and compare these to the ways hyperlinked digital texts are organised, explaining their effect on viewers’ interpretations (ACELA1511) ● A ● ● Understand the use of vocabulary to express greater precision of meaning, and know that words can have different meanings in different contexts (ACELA1512) A A A M Understand how to use banks of known words, as well as word origins, prefixes and suffixes, to learn and spell new words (ACELA1513) A M M M Recognise uncommon plurals, for example ‘foci’ (ACELA1514) ● ● ● ● A A ● Identify aspects of literary texts that convey details or information about particular social, cultural and historical contexts (ACELT1608) Present a point of view about particular literary texts using appropriate metalanguage, and reflecting on the viewpoints of others (ACELT1609) M ● M A Use metalanguage to describe the effects of ideas, text structures and language features on particular audiences (ACELT1795) ● A A A ● A Recognise that ideas in literary texts can be conveyed from different viewpoints, which can lead to different kinds of interpretations and responses (ACELT1610) A Understand, interpret and experiment with sound devices and imagery, including simile, metaphor and personification, in narratives, shape poetry, songs, anthems and odes (ACELT1611) ● Create literary texts using realistic and fantasy settings and characters that draw on the worlds represented in texts students have experienced. (ACELT1612) A A Create literary texts that experiment with structures, ideas and stylistic features of selected authors (ACELT1798) Texts in context A ● Understand how noun groups/phrases and adjective groups/phrases can be expanded in a variety of ways to provide a fuller description of the person, place, thing or idea (ACELA1508) Literature and context Responding to literature T4 Understand how texts vary in purpose, structure and topic as well as the degree of formality (ACELA1504) Investigate how the organisation of texts into chapters, headings, subheadings, home pages and sub-pages for online texts and according to chronology or topic can be used to predict content and assist navigation (ACELA1797) Understand the difference between main and subordinate clauses and that a complex sentence involves at least one subordinate clause (ACELA1507) Expressing and developing ideas T1 A Show how ideas and points of view in texts are conveyed through the use of vocabulary, including idiomatic expressions, objective and subjective language, and that these can change according to context (ACELY1698) Clarify understanding of content as it unfolds in formal and informal situations, connecting ideas to students’ own experiences and present and justify a point of view (ACELY1699) A A Identify and explain characteristic text structures and language features used in imaginative, informative and persuasive texts to meet the purpose of the text (ACELY1701) A A A A Navigate and read texts for specific purposes applying appropriate text processing strategies, for example predicting and confirming, monitoring meaning, skimming and scanning (ACELY1702) ● Use comprehension strategies to analyse information, integrating and linking ideas from a variety of print and digital sources (ACELY1703) M Use a range of software including word processing programs with fluency to construct, edit and publish written text, and select, edit and place visual, print and audio elements (ACELY1707) A M Plan, rehearse and deliver presentations for defined audiences and purposes incorporating accurate and sequenced content and multimodal elements (ACELY170) Develop a handwriting style that is becoming legible, fluent and automatic (ACELY1706) M ● Use interaction skills, for example paraphrasing, questioning and interpreting non-verbal cues and choose vocabulary and vocal effects appropriate for different audiences and purposes (ACELY1796) Plan, draft and publish imaginative, informative and persuasive print and multimodal texts, choosing text structures, language features, images and sound appropriate to purpose and audience (ACELY1704) Reread and edit student's own and others’ work using agreed criteria for text structures and language features (ACELY1705) A A M A ● M A M M A A A A ● A M M M M M M A A M YEAR 5 ENGLISH OVERVIEW Term 1 Term 2 Summative Character analysis Written imaginative text Summative Comprehending a feature article Create a multimodal feature article Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Student work samples and observations Term 3 Summative Anthem writing and presentation Poetry analysis folio Transform poem into a narrative Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Term 4 Summative Written comparison between novel and film Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Standardised: PAT-R Comprehension Standardised: PROBE PAT-R Vocabulary NAPLAN – Writing, Reading, Language Conv. Standardised: PAT-R Grammar and Punctuation PAT-R Spelling Student work samples and observations Film review Standardised: PROBE Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year 5, students explain how text structures assist in understanding the text. They understand how language features, images and vocabulary influence interpretations of characters, settings and events. They analyse and explain literal and implied information from a variety of texts. They describe how events, characters and settings in texts are depicted and explain their own responses to them. They listen and ask questions to clarify content. By the end of Year 5, students explain how text structures assist in understanding the text. They understand how language features, images and vocabulary influence interpretations of characters, settings and events. They analyse and explain literal and implied information from a variety of texts. They describe how events, characters and settings in texts are depicted and explain their own responses to them. They listen and ask questions to clarify content. By the end of Year 5, students explain how text structures assist in understanding the text. They understand how language features, images and vocabulary influence interpretations of characters, settings and events. They analyse and explain literal and implied information from a variety of texts. They describe how events, characters and settings in texts are depicted and explain their own responses to them. They listen and ask questions to clarify content. By the end of Year 5, students explain how text structures assist in understanding the text. They understand how language features, images and vocabulary influence interpretations of characters, settings and events. They analyse and explain literal and implied information from a variety of texts. They describe how events, characters and settings in texts are depicted and explain their own responses to them. They listen and ask questions to clarify content. Students use language features to show how ideas can be extended. They develop and explain a point of view about a text, selecting information, ideas and images from a range of resources. Students create a variety of sequenced texts for different purposes and audiences. They make presentations and contribute actively to class and group discussions, taking into account other perspectives. When writing, they demonstrate understanding of grammar, select specific vocabulary and use accurate spelling and punctuation, editing their work to provide structure and meaning. Students use language features to show how ideas can be extended. They develop and explain a point of view about a text, selecting information, ideas and images from a range of resources. Students create a variety of sequenced texts for different purposes and audiences. They make presentations and contribute actively to class and group discussions, taking into account other perspectives. When writing, they demonstrate understanding of grammar, select specific vocabulary and use accurate spelling and punctuation, editing their work to provide structure and meaning. Students use language features to show how ideas can be extended. They develop and explain a point of view about a text, selecting information, ideas and images from a range of resources. Students create a variety of sequenced texts for different purposes and audiences. They make presentations and contribute actively to class and group discussions, taking into account other perspectives. When writing, they demonstrate understanding of grammar, select specific vocabulary and use accurate spelling and punctuation, editing their work to provide structure and meaning. Students use language features to show how ideas can be extended. They develop and explain a point of view about a text, selecting information, ideas and images from a range of resources. Students create a variety of sequenced texts for different purposes and audiences. They make presentations and contribute actively to class and group discussions, taking into account other perspectives. When writing, they demonstrate understanding of grammar, select specific vocabulary and use accurate spelling and punctuation, editing their work to provide structure and meaning. English Language variation and change Language Language for interaction Text structure and organisation Literature Expressing and developing ideas Literature and context Responding to literature Examining literature Creating literature Texts in context Interacting with others Year 6 Creating texts Literacy T2 T3 T4 ● Understand that different social and geographical dialects or accents are used in Australia in addition to Standard Australian English (ACELA1515) Understand that strategies for interaction become more complex and demanding as levels of formality and social distance increase (ACELA1516) Understand the uses of objective and subjective language and bias (ACELA1517) A A A A A A A Understand how authors often innovate on text structures and play with language features to achieve particular aesthetic, humorous and persuasive purposes and effects (ACELA1518) A ● A A Understand that cohesive links can be made in texts by omitting or replacing words (ACELA1520) ● A M ● Understand the uses of commas to separate clauses (ACELA1521) M M A A Investigate how complex sentences can be used in a variety of ways to elaborate, extend and explain ideas (ACELA1522) A A Understand how ideas can be expanded and sharpened through careful choice of verbs, elaborated tenses and a range of adverb groups/phrases (ACELA1523) A M A A A A ● Identify and explain how analytical images like figures, tables, diagrams, maps and graphs contribute to our understanding of verbal information in factual and persuasive texts (ACELA1524) Investigate how vocabulary choices, including evaluative language can express shades of meaning, feeling and opinion (ACELA1525) A A A A Understand how to use banks of known words, word origins, base words, suffixes and prefixes, morphemes, spelling patterns and generalisations to learn and spell new words, for example technical words and words adopted from other languages (ACELA1526) A M M M Make connections between students’ own experiences and those of characters and events represented in texts drawn from different historical, social and cultural contexts (ACELT1613) ● Analyse and evaluate similarities and differences in texts on similar topics, themes or plots (ACELT1614) A A A A Identify and explain how choices in language, for example modality, emphasis, repetition and metaphor, influence personal response to different texts (ACELT1615) A A A A Identify, describe, and discuss similarities and differences between texts, including those by the same author or illustrator, and evaluate characteristics that define an author’s individual style (ACELT1616) ● A A A A A M M Identify the relationship between words, sounds, imagery and language patterns in narratives and poetry such as ballads, limericks and free verse (ACELT1617) Create literary texts that adapt or combine aspects of texts students have experienced in innovative ways (ACELT1618) A ● Experiment with text structures and language features and their effects in creating literary texts, for example, using imagery, sentence variation, metaphor and word choice (ACELT1800) A A Compare texts including media texts that represent ideas and events in different ways, explaining the effects of the different approaches (ACELY1708) A Participate in and contribute to discussions, clarifying and interrogating ideas, developing and supporting arguments, sharing and evaluating information, experiences and opinions (ACELY1709) ● Use interaction skills, varying conventions of spoken interactions such as voice volume, tone, pitch and pace, according to group size, formality of interaction and needs and expertise of the audience (ACELY1816) Plan, rehearse and deliver presentations, selecting and sequencing appropriate content and multimodal elements for defined audiences and purposes, making appropriate choices for modality and emphasis (ACELY1710) Analyse how text structures and language features work together to meet the purpose of a text (ACELY1711) Interpreting, analysing, evaluating T1 A A A M A A Select, navigate and read texts for a range of purposes, applying appropriate text processing strategies and interpreting structural features, for example table of contents, glossary, chapters, headings and subheadings (ACELY1712) A ● A A A ● M M Use comprehension strategies to interpret and analyse information and ideas, comparing content from a variety of textual sources including media and digital texts (ACELY1713) M A M A Analyse strategies authors use to influence readers (ACELY1801) A A A A Plan, draft and publish imaginative, informative and persuasive texts, choosing and experimenting with text structures, language features, images and digital resources appropriate to purpose and audience (ACELY1714) A A A A Reread and edit students’ own and others’ work using agreed criteria and explaining editing choices (ACELY1715) A M Develop a handwriting style that is legible, fluent and automatic and varies according to audience and purpose (ACELY1716) ● M M M Use a range of software, including word processing programs, learning new functions as required to create texts (ACELY1717) ● M M M M YEAR 6 ENGLISH OVERVIEW Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Summative Short Story Comprehension Task Writing a short story Summative Comprehension Task Multimodal Advertisement and response Summative A letter to the future Written response to a news report Summative Panel discussions Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Formative CAFÉ Reading Strategy groups and conferencing Student work samples and observations Student work samples and observations Student work samples and observations Standardised: PAT-R Comprehension Achievement Standard By the end of Year 6, students understand how the use of text structures can achieve particular effects. They analyse and explain how language features, images and vocabulary are used by different authors to represent ideas, characters and events. Students compare and analyse information in different texts, explaining literal and implied meaning. They select and use evidence from a text to explain their response to it. They listen to discussions, clarifying content and challenging others ideas'. Students understand how language features and language patterns can be used for emphasis. They show how specific details can be used to support a point of view. They explain how their choices of language features and images are used. Students create detailed texts elaborating on key ideas for a range of purposes and audiences. They make presentations and contribute actively to class and group discussions, using a variety of strategies for effect. They demonstrate understanding of grammar, make considered choices from an expanding vocabulary, use accurate spelling and punctuation for clarity and make and explain editorial choices. Standardised: PROBE PAT-R Vocabulary Achievement Standard Standardised: PAT-R Grammar and Punctuation PAT-R Spelling Achievement Standard By the end of Year 6, students understand how the By the end of Year 6, students understand how the use of text structures can achieve particular effects. use of text structures can achieve particular effects. They analyse and explain how language features, They analyse and explain how language features, images and vocabulary are used by different images and vocabulary are used by different authors to represent ideas, characters and events. authors to represent ideas, characters and events. Students compare and analyse information in Students compare and analyse information in different texts, explaining literal and implied different texts, explaining literal and implied meaning. They select and use evidence from a text meaning. They select and use evidence from a text to explain their response to it. They listen to discussions, clarifying content and challenging to explain their response to it. They listen to others' ideas. discussions, clarifying content and challenging Students understand how language features and others' ideas. language patterns can be used for emphasis. They Students understand how language features and show how specific details can be used to support a language patterns can be used for emphasis. They point of view. They explain how their choices of show how specific details can be used to support a language features and images are used. Students point of view. They explain how their choices of create detailed texts elaborating on key ideas for a language features and images are used. Students range of purposes and audiences. They make create detailed texts elaborating on key ideas for a presentations and contribute actively to class and range of purposes and audiences. They make group discussions, using a variety of strategies for presentations and contribute actively to class and effect. They demonstrate understanding of group discussions, using a variety of strategies for grammar, make considered choices from an effect. They demonstrate understanding of expanding vocabulary, use accurate spelling and grammar make considered choices from an punctuation for clarity and make and explain expanding vocabulary, use accurate spelling and editorial choices. punctuation for clarity, and make and explain editorial choices. Student work samples and observations Write a book for a younger student Standardised: PROBE Achievement Standard By the end of Year 6, students understand how the use of text structures can achieve particular effects. They analyse and explain how language features, images and vocabulary are used by different authors to represent ideas, characters and events. Students compare and analyse information in different texts, explaining literal and implied meaning. They select and use evidence from a text to explain their response to it. They listen to discussions, clarifying content and challenging others' ideas. Students understand how language features and language patterns can be used for emphasis. They show how specific details can be used to support a point of view. They explain how their choices of language features and images are used. Students create detailed texts elaborating on key ideas for a range of purposes and audiences. They make presentations and contribute actively to class and group discussions, using a variety of strategies for effect. They demonstrate understanding of grammar, make considered choices from an expanding vocabulary, use accurate spelling and punctuation for clarity and make and explain editorial choices. Australian Curriculum ENGLISH – Scope and Sequence Language for Interaction Text Structure and Organisation Language Language Variation and Change Strands SubStrands Prep (Foundation Year) Understand that English is one of many languages spoken in Australia and that different languages may be spoken by family, classmates and community Explore how language is used differently at home and school depending on the relationships between people Understand that language can be used to explore ways of expressing needs, likes and dislikes Understand that texts can take many forms, can be very short (for example an exit sign) or quite long (for example an information book or a film) and that stories and informative texts have different purposes Understand that some language in written texts is unlike everyday spoken language Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Understand that spoken, visual and written forms of language are different modes of communication with different features and their use varies according to the audience, purpose, context and cultural background Understand that language varies when people take on different roles in social and classroom interactions and how the use of key interpersonal language resources varies depending on context Understand that languages have different written and visual communication systems, different oral traditions and different ways of constructing meaning Understand that Standard Australian English is one of many social dialects used in Australia, and that while it originated in England it has been influenced by many other languages Understand that the pronunciation, spelling and meanings of words have histories and change over time Understand that different social and geographical dialects or accents are used in Australia in addition to Standard Australian English Understand that successful cooperation with others depends on shared use of social conventions, including turn-taking patterns, and forms of address that vary according to the degree of formality in social situations Understand that social interactions influence the way people engage with ideas and respond to others for example when exploring and clarifying the ideas of others, summarising their own views and reporting them to a larger group Understand that patterns of language interaction vary across social contexts and types of texts and that they help to signal social roles and relationships Understand that strategies for interaction become more complex and demanding as levels of formality and social distance increase Identify language that can be used for appreciating texts and the qualities of people and things Examine how evaluative language can be varied to be more or less forceful Understand differences between the language of opinion and feeling and the language of factual reporting or recording Understand how to move beyond making bare assertions and take account of differing perspectives and points of view Understand the uses of objective and subjective language and bias Understand that the purposes texts serve shape their structure in predictable ways Understand that different types of texts have identifiable text structures and language features that help the text serve its purpose Understand how different types of texts vary in use of language choices, depending on their purpose and context (for example, tense and types of sentences) Understand how texts vary in complexity and technicality depending on the approach to the topic, the purpose and the intended audience Understand how texts vary in purpose, structure and topic as well as the degree of formality Understand how authors often innovate on text structures and play with language features to achieve particular aesthetic, humorous and persuasive purposes and effects Understand patterns of repetition and contrast in simple texts Understand how texts are made cohesive through resources, for example word associations, synonyms, and antonyms Understand that paragraphs are a key organisational feature of written texts Understand how texts are made cohesive through the use of linking devices including pronoun reference and text connectives Understand that the starting point of a sentence gives prominence to the message in the text and allows for prediction of how the text will unfold Understand that cohesive links can be made in texts by omitting or replacing words Understand that people use different systems of communication to cater to different needs and purposes and that many people may use sign systems to communicate with others Understand that language is used in combination with other means of communication, for example facial expressions and gestures to interact with others Understand that there are different ways of asking for information, making offers and giving commands Explore different ways of expressing emotions, including verbal, visual, body language and facial expressions Year 6 Expressing and Developing Ideas Prep Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Understand that punctuation is a feature of written text different from letters; recognise how capital letters are used for names, and that capital letters and full stops signal the beginning and end of sentences Recognise that different types of punctuation, including full stops, question marks and exclamation marks, signal sentences that make statements, ask questions, express emotion or give commands Recognise that capital letters signal proper nouns and commas are used to separate items in lists Know that word contractions are a feature of informal language and that apostrophes of contraction are used to signal missing letters Recognise how quotation marks are used in texts to signal dialogue, titles and quoted (direct) speech grammatical category of possessives is signalled through apostrophes and how to use apostrophes with common and proper nouns Understand how the Understand the uses of commas to separate clauses Understand concepts about print and screen, including how books, film and simple digital texts work, and know some features of print, for example directionality Understand concepts about print and screen, including how different types of texts are organised using page numbering, tables of content, headings and titles, navigation buttons, bars and links Know some features of text organisation including page and screen layouts, alphabetical order, and different types of diagrams, for example timelines Identify the features of online texts that enhance navigation Identify features of online texts that enhance readability including text, navigation, links, graphics and layout Investigate how the organisation of texts into chapters, headings, subheadings, home pages and sub pages for online texts and according to chronology or topic can be used to predict content and assist navigation Recognise that sentences are key units for expressing ideas Identify the parts of a simple sentence that represent ‘What’s happening?’, ‘Who or what is involved?’ and the surrounding circumstances Understand that simple connections can be made between ideas by using a compound sentence with two or more clauses usually linked by a coordinating conjunction Understand that a clause is a unit of grammar usually containing a subject and a verb and that these need to be in agreement Understand that the meaning of sentences can be enriched through the use of noun groups/ phrases and verb groups /phrases and prepositional phrases Investigate how quoted (direct) and reported (indirect) speech work in different types of text Understand the difference between main and subordinate clauses and that a complex sentence involves at least one subordinate clause Investigate how complex sentences can be used in a variety of ways to elaborate, extend and explain ideas Recognise that texts are made up of words and groups of words that make meaning Explore differences in words that represent people, places and things (nouns, including pronouns), happenings and states (verbs), qualities (adjectives) and details such as when, where and how (adverbs) Understand that nouns represent people, places, things and ideas and can be, for example, common, proper, concrete or abstract, and that noun groups/ phrases can be expanded using articles and adjectives Understand that verbs represent different processes (doing, thinking, saying, and relating) and that these processes are anchored in time through tense Understand how adverb groups/phrases and prepositional phrases work in different ways to provide circumstantial details about an activity Understand how noun groups/phrases and adjective groups/phrases can be expanded in a variety of ways to provide a fuller description of the person, place, thing or idea Understand how ideas can be expanded and sharpened through careful choice of verbs, elaborated tenses and a range of adverb groups/ phrases Prep Year 1 Year 2 Explore the different contribution of words and images to meaning in stories and informative texts Compare different kinds of images in narrative and informative texts and discuss how they contribute to meaning Understand the use of vocabulary in familiar contexts related to everyday experiences, personal interests and topics being taught at school Understand the use of vocabulary in everyday contexts as well as a growing number of school contexts, including appropriate use of formal and informal terms of address in different contexts Know that regular onesyllable words are made up of letters and common letter clusters that correspond to the sounds heard, and how to use visual memory to write high-frequency words Recognise and know how to use morphemes in word families for example ‘play’ in ‘played’ and ‘playing’ Identify visual representations of characters’ actions, reactions, speech and thought processes in narratives, and consider how these images add to or contradict or multiply the meaning of accompanying words Understand the use of vocabulary about familiar and new topics and experiment with and begin to make conscious choices of vocabulary to suit audience and purpose Understand how to use digraphs, long vowels, blends and silent letters to spell words, and use morphemes and syllabification to break up simple words and use visual memory to write irregular words Recognise common prefixes and suffixes and how they change a word’s meaning Sound and Letter Knowledge Know that spoken sounds and words can be written down using letters of the alphabet and how to write some highfrequency sight words and known words Know how to use onset and rime to spell words Recognise rhymes, syllables and sounds (phonemes) in spoken words Manipulate sounds in spoken words including phoneme deletion and substitution Recognise the letters of the alphabet and know there are lower and upper case letters Recognise sound letter — matches including common vowel and consonant digraphs and consonant blends Understand the variability of sound — letter matches Recognise most sound– letter matches including silent letters, vowel/consonant digraphs and many less common sound–letter combinations Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Identify the effect on audiences of techniques, for example shot size, vertical camera angle and layout in picture books, advertisements and film segments Explore the effect of choices when framing an image, placement of elements in the image, and salience on composition of still and moving images in a range of types of texts Explain sequences of images in print texts and compare these to the ways hyperlinked digital texts are organised, explaining their effect on viewers’ interpretations Identify and explain how analytical images like figures, tables, diagrams, maps and graphs contribute to our understanding of verbal information in factual and persuasive texts Learn extended and technical vocabulary and ways of expressing opinion including modal verbs and adverbs Incorporate new vocabulary from a range of sources into students’ own texts including vocabulary encountered in research Understand the use of vocabulary to express greater precision of meaning, and know that words can have different meanings in different contexts Investigate how vocabulary choices, including evaluative language can express shades of meaning, feeling and opinion Understand how to use sound–letter relationships and knowledge of spelling rules, compound words, prefixes, suffixes, morphemes and less common letter combinations, for example ‘tion’ Recognise high frequency sight words Understand how to use strategies for spelling words, including spelling rules, knowledge of morphemic word families, spelling generalisations, and letter combinations including double letters Recognise homophones and know how to use context to identify correct spelling Understand how to use banks of known words, as well as word origins, prefixes and suffixes, to learn and spell new words Recognise uncommon plurals, for example ‘foci’ Understand how to use banks of known words, word origins, base words, suffixes and prefixes, morphemes, spelling patterns and generalisations to learn and spell new words, for example technical words and words adopted from other languages Literature and Context Expressing Preferences and Evaluating Texts Examining Literature Literature Prep Year 1 Year 2 Recognise that texts are created by authors who tell stories and share experiences that may be similar or different to students’ own experiences Discuss how authors create characters using language and images Discuss how depictions of characters in print, sound and images reflect the contexts in which they were created Respond to texts, identifying favourite stories, authors and illustrators Discuss characters and events in a range of literary texts and share personal responses to these texts, making connections with students’ own experiences Share feelings and thoughts about the events and characters in texts Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Discuss texts in which characters, events and settings are portrayed in different ways, and speculate on the authors’ reasons Make connections between the ways different authors may represent similar storylines, ideas and relationships Identify aspects of literary texts that convey details or information about particular social, cultural and historical contexts Compare opinions about characters, events and settings in and between texts Draw connections between personal experiences and the worlds of texts, and share responses with others Discuss literary experiences with others, sharing responses and expressing a point of view Express preferences for specific texts and authors and listen to the opinions of others Identify aspects of different types of literary texts that entertain, and give reasons for personal preferences Develop criteria for establishing personal preferences for literature Use metalanguage to describe the effects of ideas, text structures and language features of literary texts Present a point of view about particular literary texts using appropriate metalanguage, and reflecting on the viewpoints of others Use metalanguage to describe the effects of ideas, text structures and language features on particular audiences Make connections between students’ own experiences and those of characters and events represented in texts drawn from different historical, social and cultural contexts Analyse and evaluate similarities and differences in texts on similar topics, themes or plots Identify some features of texts including events and charactersand retell events from a text Recognise some different types of literary texts and identify some characteristic features of literary texts, for example beginnings and endings of traditional texts and rhyme in poetry Discuss features of plot, character and setting in different types of literature and explore some features of characters in different texts Discuss the characters and settings of different texts and explore how language is used to present these features in different ways Discuss how language is used to describe the settings in texts, and explore how the settings shape the events and influence the mood of the narrative Discuss how authors and illustrators make stories exciting, moving and absorbing and hold readers’ interest by using various techniques, for example character development and plot tension Recognise that ideas in literary texts can be conveyed from different viewpoints, which can lead to different kinds of interpretations and responses Identify, describe, and discuss similarities and differences between texts, including those by the same author or illustrator, and evaluate characteristics that define an author’s individual style Replicate the rhythms and sound patterns in stories, rhymes, songs and poems from a range of cultures Listen to, recite and perform poems, chants, rhymes and songs, imitating and inventing sound patterns including alliteration and rhyme Identify, reproduce and experiment with rhythmic, sound and word patterns in poems, chants, rhyme and songs Discuss the nature and effects of some language devices used to enhance meaning and shape the reader’s reaction, including rhythm and onomatopoeia in poetry and prose Understand, interpret and experiment with a range of devices and deliberate word play in poetry and other literary texts, for example nonsense words, spoonerisms, neologisms and puns Understand, interpret and experiment with sound devices and imagery, including simile, metaphor and personification, in narratives, shape poetry, songs, anthems and odes Identify the relationship between words, sounds, imagery and language patterns in narratives and poetry such as ballads, limericks and free verse Identify and explain how choices in language, for example modality, emphasis, repetition and metaphor, influence personal response to different texts Creating Literature Texts in Context Interacting with Others Literacy Prep Year 1 Year 2 Retell familiar literary texts through performance, use of illustrations and images Recreate texts imaginatively using drawing, writing, performance and digital forms of communication Create events and characters using different media that develop key events and characters from literary texts This sequence starts at Year 3 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Create imaginative texts based on characters, settings and events from a students’ own and other cultures using visual features, for example perspective, distance and angle Create literary texts that explore students’ own experiences and imagining Create literary texts using realistic and fantasy settings and characters that draw on the worlds represented in texts students have experienced Create literary texts that adapt or combine aspects of texts students have experienced in innovative ways Create texts that adapt language features and patterns encountered in literary texts, for example characterisation, rhyme, rhythm, mood, music, sound effects and dialogue Create literary texts by developing storylines, characters and settings Create literary texts that experiment with structures, ideas and stylistic features of selected authors Experiment with text structures and language features and their effects in creating literary texts, for example, using imagery, sentence variation, metaphor and word choice Identify some familiar texts and the contexts in which they are used Respond to texts drawn from a range of cultures and experiences Discuss different texts on a similar topic, identifying similarities and differences between the texts Identify the point of view in a text and suggest alternative points of view Identify and explain language features of texts from earlier times and compare with the vocabulary, images, layout and content of contemporary texts Show how ideas and points of view in texts are conveyed through the use of vocabulary, including idiomatic expressions, objective and subjective language, and that these can change according to context Compare texts including media texts that represent ideas and events in different ways, explaining the effects of the different approaches Listen to and respond orally to texts and to the communication of others in informal and structured classroom situations Engage in conversations and discussions, using active listening behaviours, showing interest, and contributing ideas, information and questions Listen for specific purposes and information, including instructions, and extend students’ own and others ideas in discussions Listen to and contribute to conversations and discussions to share information and ideas and negotiate in collaborative situations Interpret ideas and information in spoken texts and listen for key points in order to carry out tasks and use information to share and extend ideas and information Clarify understanding of content as it unfolds in formal and informal situations, connecting ideas to students’ own experiences and present and justify a point of view Participate in and contribute to discussions, clarifying and interrogating ideas, developing and supporting arguments, sharing and evaluating information, experiences and opinions Use interaction skills including listening while others speak, using appropriate voice levels, articulation and body language, gestures and eye contact Use interaction skills including turn-taking, recognising the contributions of others, speaking clearly and using appropriate volume and pace Use interaction skills including initiating topics, making positive statements and voicing disagreement in an appropriate manner, speaking clearly and varying tone, volume and pace appropriately Use interaction skills, including active listening behaviours and communicate in a clear, coherent manner using a variety of everyday and learned vocabulary and appropriate tone, pace, pitch and volume Use interaction skills such as acknowledging another’s point of view and linking students’ response to the topic, using familiar and new vocabulary and a range of vocal effects such as tone, pace, pitch and volume to speak clearly and coherently Use interaction skills, for example paraphrasing, questioning and interpreting non-verbal cues and choose vocabulary and vocal effects appropriate for different audiences and purposes Use interaction skills, varying conventions of spoken interactions such as voice volume, tone, pitch and pace, according to group size, formality of interaction and needs and expertise of the audience Interpreting, Analysing, Evaluating Prep Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Deliver short oral presentations to peers Make short presentations using some introduced text structures and language, for example opening statements Rehearse and deliver short presentations on familiar and new topics Plan and deliver short presentations, providing some key details in logical sequence Plan, rehearse and deliver presentations incorporating learned content and taking into account the particular purposes and audiences Plan, rehearse and deliver presentations for defined audiences and purposes incorporating accurate and sequenced content and multimodal elements Plan, rehearse and deliver presentations selecting and sequencing appropriate content and multimodal elements for defined audiences and purposes, making appropriate choices for modality and emphasis Identify some differences between imaginative and informative texts Describe some differences between imaginative informative and persuasive texts Identify the audience of imaginative, informative and persuasive texts Identify the audience and purpose of imaginative, informative and persuasive texts Identify characteristic features used in imaginative, informative and persuasive texts to meet the purpose of the text Identify and explain characteristic text structures and language features used in imaginative, informative and persuasive texts to meet the purpose of the text Analyse how text structures and language features work together to meet the purpose of a text Read predictable texts, practicing phrasing and fluency, and monitor meaning using concepts about print and emerging contextual, semantic, grammatical and phonic knowledge Read supportive texts using developing phrasing, fluency, contextual, semantic, grammatical and phonic knowledge and emerging text processing strategies, for example prediction, monitoring meaning and rereading Read less predictable texts with phrasing and fluency by combining contextual, semantic, grammatical and phonic knowledge using text processing strategies, for example monitoring meaning, predicting, rereading and selfcorrecting Read an increasing range of different types of texts by combining contextual, semantic, grammatical and phonic knowledge, using text processing strategies, for example monitoring, predicting, confirming, rereading, reading on and self correcting Read different types of texts by combining contextual, semantic, grammatical and phonic knowledge using text processing strategies, for example monitoring meaning, cross checking and reviewing Navigate and read texts for specific purposes applying appropriate text processing strategies, for example predicting and confirming, monitoring meaning, skimming and scanning Select, navigate and read texts for a range of purposes applying appropriate text processing strategies and interpreting structural features, for example table of contents, glossary, chapters, headings and subheadings Use comprehension strategies to understand and discuss texts listened to, viewed or read independently Use comprehension strategies to build literal and inferred meaning about key events, ideas and information in texts that they listen to, view and read by drawing on growing knowledge of context, text structures and language features Use comprehension strategies to build literal and inferred meaning and begin to analyse texts by drawing on growing knowledge of context, language and visual features and print and multimodal text structures Use comprehension strategies to build literal and inferred meaning and begin to evaluate texts by drawing on growing knowledge of context, text structures and language features Use comprehension strategies to build literal and inferred meaning to expand content knowledge, integrating and linking ideas and analysing and evaluating texts Use comprehension strategies to analyse information, integrating and linking ideas from a variety of print and digital sources Use comprehension strategies to interpret and analyse information and ideas, comparing content from a variety of textual sources including media and digital texts This sequence starts at Year 6 Analyse strategies authors use to influence readers Creating Texts Prep Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Create short texts to explore, record and report ideas and events using familiar words and phrases and beginning writing knowledge Create short imaginative and information texts that show emerging use of appropriate text structure, sentence level grammar, word choice, spelling, punctuation and appropriate multimodal elements, for example illustrations and diagrams Create short imaginative, informative and persuasive texts using growing knowledge of text structures and language features for familiar and some less familiar audiences, selecting print and multimodal elements appropriate to the audience and purpose Plan, draft and publish imaginative, informative and persuasive texts demonstrating increasing control over text structures and language features and selecting print, and multimodal elements appropriate to the audience and purpose Plan, draft and publish imaginative, informative and persuasive texts containing key information and supporting details for a widening range of audiences, demonstrating increasing control over text structures and language features Plan, draft and publish imaginative, informative and persuasive print and multimodal texts, choosing text structures, language features, images and sound appropriate to purpose and audience Plan, draft and publish imaginative, informative and persuasive texts, choosing and experimenting with text structures, language features, images and digital resources appropriate to purpose and audience Participate in shared editing of students’ own texts for meaning, spelling, capital letters and full stops Reread student’s own texts and discuss possible changes to improve meaning, spelling and punctuation Reread and edit text for spelling, sentence-boundary punctuation and text structure Reread and edit texts for meaning, appropriate structure, grammatical choices and punctuation Reread and edit for meaning by adding, deleting or moving words or word groups to improve content and structure Reread and edit student’s own and others’ work using agreed criteria for text structures and language features Reread and edit students’ own and others’ work using agreed criteria and explaining editing choices Produce some lower case and upper case letters using learned letter formations Write using unjoined lower case and upper case letters Write legibly and with growing fluency using unjoined upper case and lower case letters Write using joined letters that are clearly formed and consistent in size Write using clearly-formed joined letters, and develop increased fluency and automaticity Develop a handwriting style that is becoming legible, fluent and automatic Construct texts using software including word processing programs Construct texts that incorporate supporting images using software including word processing programs Construct texts featuring print, visual and audio elements using software, including word processing programs Use software including word processing programs with growing speed and efficiency to construct and edit texts featuring visual, print and audio elements Use a range of software including word processing programs to construct, edit and publish written text, and select, edit and place visual, Print and audio elements Use a range of software including word processing programs with fluency to construct, edit and publish written text, and select, edit and place visual, print and audio elements Develop a handwriting style that is legible, fluent and automatic and varies according to audience and purpose Use a range of software, including word processing programs, learning new functions as required to create texts Mathematics The Australian Curriculum: Mathematics is organised around the interaction of three content strands and four proficiency strands. The content strands are Number and Algebra, Measurement and Geometry, and Statistics and Probability. They describe what is to be taught and learnt. The proficiency strands are Understanding, Fluency, Problem Solving, and Reasoning. They describe how content is explored or developed, that is, the thinking and doing of mathematics. They provide the language to build in the developmental aspects of the learning of mathematics and have been incorporated into the content descriptions of the three content strands described above. This approach has been adopted to ensure students’ proficiency in mathematical skills develops throughout the curriculum and becomes increasingly sophisticated over the years of schooling. In Mathematics, challenging problems can be posed using basic age-appropriate content. Accelerating students by using content beyond their year level may not be the best way to extend proficient mathematicians. Choosing engaging experiences as contexts for a variety of tasks assists in making mathematics inclusive, and these tasks can be effectively differentiated both for students experiencing difficulty and those who complete tasks easily. The proficiency strands apply expectations of the range and nature of how mathematical content is enacted, and can help focus teaching. [The Australian Curriculum: Mathematics] At Windsor State School, Mathematics is explicitly taught, reinforced and assessed in ways to develop students’ mathematical thinking, understanding, skills and connections to the real world. Here at Windsor, we highlight the need for frequent consolidation and revision of concepts throughout the year. Such reinforcement is identified through the content descriptor mapping documents, where both assessable and non-assessable descriptors are identified for teaching each term. The yearly overview outlines the assessment pieces and the assessable content from the Achievement Standard has been highlighted in bold. Classroom teachers also make decisions about areas for revision, consolidation and re-assessment though out the year. Explicit Instruction is the core pedagogy at Windsor State School. Modelled, joint and independent practice should be clearly evident within and across each Maths lessons, with lesson intent and success criteria clearly communicated to students. Maths Measurement and Geometry Number and Algebra Number and place value T1 T2 T3 T4 Establish understanding of the language and processes of counting by naming numbers in sequences, initially to and from 20, moving from any starting point (ACMNA001) M A A ● Connect number names, numerals and quantities, including zero, initially up to 10 and then beyond (ACMNA002) ● A ● ● Subitise small collections of objects (ACMNA003) M A A ● Compare, order and make correspondences between collections, initially to 20, and explain reasoning (ACMNA289) ● ● Represent practical situations to model addition and sharing (ACMNA004) Fractions and decimals This sequence starts at Year 7 Money and financial mathematics This sequence starts at Year 1 Patterns and algebra Sort and classify familiar objects and explain the basis for these classifications. Copy, continue and create patterns with objects and drawings (ACMNA005) Linear and non-linear relationships This sequence starts at Year 7 Using units of measurement Location and transformation Chance Data representation and interpretation A ● ● M A A Use direct and indirect comparisons to decide which is longer, heavier or holds more, and explain reasoning in everyday language (ACMMG006) ● A M A Compare the order and duration of events using the everyday language of time (ACMMG007) M A ● ● A ● Connect days of the week to familiar events and actions (ACMMG008) Shape M This sequence starts at Year 1 Real numbers Geometric reasoning Statistics and Probability PREP YEAR CONTENT DESCRIPTOR MAPPING Sort, describe and name familiar two-dimensional shapes and three-dimensional objects in the environment (ACMMG009) Describe position and movement (ACMMG010) ● A ● A M This sequence starts at Year 3 This sequence starts at Year 1 Answer yes/no questions to collect information (ACMSP011) M A ● PREP YEAR MATHS OVERVIEW Term 1 Summative Bag Sort (ACMNA005) Formative Number Watch (ACMNA001, ACMNA003) Life in Prep (ACMM007) Questions (ACMSP011) Standardised: Nil Term 2 Summative Location (ACMMG010) Hopscotch Investigation – Shape (ACMMG009) Hopscotch Investigation – Number (ACMNA001, ACMNA002, ACMNA003) Pattern Frame (ACMNA005) Length (ACMMG006) (ACMMG007) Formative Super me (ACMMG006) Standardised: Nil Term 3 Summative Yes or No (ACMSP001) A Week of Events (ACMMG008) Seating Plan (ACMNA001, ACMNA003, ACMNA289) Term 4 Summative Measurement (Guided Inquiry) (ACMMG006, ACMMG011) Formative Exploring equivalence (ACMNA289) Beads (ACMNA289) School Bag (ACMMG006) Formative Where to go (ACMMG010) Addition and Sharing (ACMNA004) Standardised: Nil Standardised: Nil Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Foundation Year, students make connections between number names, numerals and quantities up to 10. They compare objects using mass, length and capacity. Students connect events and the days of the week. They explain the order and duration of events. They use appropriate language to describe location. By the end of Foundation Year, students make connections between number names, numerals and quantities up to 10. They compare objects using mass, length and capacity. Students connect events and the days of the week. They explain the order and duration of events. They use appropriate language to describe location. By the end of the Foundation year, students make connections between number names, numerals and quantities up to 10. They compare objects, using mass, length and capacity. Students connect events and the days of the week. They explain the order and duration of events. They use appropriate language to describe location. Achievement Standard By the end of Foundation Year, students make connections between number names, numerals and quantities up to 10. They compare objects using mass, length and capacity. Students connect events and the days of the week. They explain the order and duration of events. They use appropriate language to describe location. Achievement Standard Students count to and from 20 and order small collections. They group objects based on common characteristics and sort shapes and objects. Students answer simple questions to collect information. Students count to and from 20 and order small collections. They group objects based on common characteristics and sort shapes and objects. Students answer simple questions to collect information. Students count to and from 20 and order small collections. They group objects based on common characteristics and sort shapes and objects. Students answer simple questions to collect information. Students count to and from 20 and order small collections. They group objects based on common characteristics and sort shapes and objects. Students answer simple questions to collect information. Maths Number and Algebra Number and place value Fractions and decimals Real numbers Year 1 T1 T2 T3 T4 Develop confidence with number sequences to and from 100 by ones from any starting point. Skip count by twos, fives and tens starting from zero (ACMNA012) ● ● A ● Recognise, model, read, write and order numbers to at least 100. Locate these numbers on a number line (ACMNA013) A A A ● Count collections to 100 by partitioning numbers using place value (ACMNA014) M ● ● ● Represent and solve simple addition and subtraction problems using a range of strategies including counting on, partitioning and rearranging parts (ACMNA015) M A ● A ● ● M M ● ● ● ● A Recognise and describe one-half as one of two equal parts of a whole (ACMNA016) This sequence starts at Year 7 Money and financial mathematics Recognise, describe and order Australian coins according to their value (ACMNA017) Patterns and algebra Investigate and describe number patterns formed by skip counting and patterns with objects (ACMNA018) Linear and nonlinear relationships Measurement and Geometry Location and transformation Statistics and Probability Geometric reasoning Chance Data representation and interpretation M A Tell time to the half-hour (ACMMG020) Describe duration using months, weeks, days and hours (ACMMG021) Shape ● This sequence starts at Year 7 Measure and compare the lengths and capacities of pairs of objects using uniform informal units (ACMMG019) Using units of measurement ● ● A Recognise and classify familiar two-dimensional shapes and three-dimensional objects using obvious features (ACMMG022) A ● Give and follow directions to familiar locations (ACMMG023) A ● ● ● ● This sequence starts at Year 3 Identify outcomes of familiar events involving chance and describe them using everyday language such as ‘will happen’, ‘won’t happen’ or ‘might happen’ (ACMSP024) M A Choose simple questions and gather responses (ACMSP262) A ● Represent data with objects and drawings where one object or drawing represents one data value. Describe the displays (ACMSP263) A ● YEAR 1 MATHS OVERVIEW Term 1 Summative My favourite 'teen' number (ACMNA013) Exploring data representation (ACMSP263) Formative Addition Problems (ACMNA015) Spill and count (ACMNA014) Longer and Shorter (ACMMG019) Describing outcomes (ACMSP024) Standardised: Nil Term 2 Summative Red Riding Hood Location Assessment (ACMMG023) Shape Assessment (ACMMG022) Pool Problems (ACMNA015) Open Ended Place Value Task (ACMNA013) Formative Exploring money (ACMNA017) Term 3 Summative Book Display (ACMMG019) Capacity Assessment (ACMMG019) Counting Counts (ACMNA012, ACMNA013, ACMNA018) On time (ACMMG020, ACMMG021) Term 4 Summative Will it? Won't it? Might it? (ACMSP024) Cool calculations (ACMNA015) Formative Student work samples and observations Formative Half a strip of paper (ACMNA016) throughout unit Standardised: Nil Standardised: Nil Standardised: PAT-M Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year 1, students describe number sequences resulting from skip counting by 2s, 5s and 10s. They identify representations of one half. They recognise Australian coins according to their value. Students explain time durations. They describe two-dimensional shapes and threedimensional objects. Students describe data displays. By the end of Year 1, students describe number sequences resulting from skip counting by 2s, 5s and 10s. They identify representations of one half. They recognise Australian coins according to their value. Students explain time durations. They describe two-dimensional shapes and threedimensional objects. Students describe data displays. By the end of Year 1, students describe number sequences resulting from skip counting by 2s, 5s and 10s. They identify representations of one half. They recognise Australian coins according to their value. Students explain time durations. They describe two-dimensional shapes and threedimensional objects. Students describe data displays. By the end of Year 1, students describe number sequences resulting from skip counting by 2s, 5s and 10s. They identify representations of one half. They recognise Australian coins according to their value. Students explain time durations. They describe two-dimensional shapes and threedimensional objects. Students describe data displays. Students count to and from 100 and locate numbers on a number line. They carry out simple additions and subtractions using counting strategies. They partition numbers using place value. They continue simple patterns involving numbers and objects. Students order objects based on lengths and capacities using informal units. They tell time to the half hour. They use the language of direction to move from place to place. Students classify outcomes of simple familiar events. They collect data by asking questions and draw simple data displays. Students count to and from 100 and locate numbers on a number line. They carry out simple additions and subtractions using counting strategies. They partition numbers using place value. They continue simple patterns involving numbers and objects. Students order objects based on lengths and capacities using informal units. They tell time to the half hour. They use the language of direction to move from place to place. Students classify outcomes of simple familiar events. They collect data by asking questions and draw simple data displays. Students count to and from 100 and locate numbers on a number line. They carry out simple additions and subtractions using counting strategies. They partition numbers using place value. They continue simple patterns involving numbers and objects. Students order objects based on lengths and capacities using informal units. They tell time to the half hour. They use the language of direction to move from place to place. Students classify outcomes of simple familiar events. They collect data by asking questions and draw simple data displays. Students count to and from 100 and locate numbers on a number line. They carry out simple additions and subtractions using counting strategies. They partition numbers using place value. They continue simple patterns involving numbers and objects. Students order objects based on lengths and capacities using informal units. They tell time to the half hour. They use the language of direction to move from place to place. Students classify outcomes of simple familiar events. They collect data by asking questions and draw simple data displays. Maths Number and Algebra Number and place value Year 2 T1 T2 Investigate number sequences, initially those increasing and decreasing by twos, threes, fives and ten from any starting point, then moving to other sequences (ACMNA026) M A Recognise, model, represent and order numbers to at least 1000 (ACMNA027) ● ● Linear relationships ● M A M ● ● Explore the connection between addition and subtraction (ACMNA029) ● A ● A Solve simple addition and subtraction problems using a range of efficient mental and written strategies (ACMNA030) ● A ● A Recognise and represent multiplication as repeated addition, groups and arrays (ACMNA031) ● M Recognise and represent division as grouping into equal sets and solve simple problems using these representations (ACMNA032) ● ● A A M A ● ● A ● A A M A A Solve problems by using number sentences for addition or subtraction (ACMNA036) ● ● A ● ● This sequence starts at Year 7 A Measurement and Geometry Compare masses of objects using balance scales (ACMMG038) ● ● Tell time to the quarter-hour, using the language of 'past' and 'to' (ACMMG039) M Name and order months and seasons (ACMMG040) ● Use a calendar to identify the date and determine the number of days in each month (ACMMG041) ● ● A A ● A ● Describe and draw two-dimensional shapes, with and without digital technologies (ACMMG042) ● ● A Describe the features of three- dimensional objects (ACMMG043) ● ● A Shape Interpret simple maps of familiar locations and identify the relative positions of key features (ACMMG044) Location and transformation Geometric reasoning Chance Statistics and Probability ● Describe patterns with numbers and identify missing elements (ACMNA035) Compare and order several shapes and objects based on length, area, volume and capacity using appropriate uniform informal units (ACMMG037) Using units of measurement T4 Group, partition and rearrange collections up to 1000 in hundreds, tens and ones to facilitate more efficient counting (ACMNA028) Fractions and Recognise and interpret common uses of halves, quarters and eighths of shapes and collections (ACMNA033) decimals This sequence starts at Year 7 Real numbers Money and financial Count and order small collections of Australian coins and notes according to their value (ACMNA034) mathematics Patterns and algebra T3 Data representation and interpretation A* Investigate the effect of one-step slides and flips with and without digital technologies (ACMMG045) ● A Identify and describe half and quarter turns (ACMMG046) ● A This sequence starts at Year 3 Identify practical activities and everyday events that involve chance. Describe outcomes as ‘likely’ or ‘unlikely’ and identify some events as ‘certain’ or ‘impossible’ (ACMSP047) M A Identify a question of interest based on one categorical variable. Gather data relevant to the question (ACMSP048) A Collect, check and classify data (ACMSP049) A Create displays of data using lists, table and picture graphs and interpret them (ACMSP050) A *content descriptor taught/assessed through Geography YEAR 2 MATHS OVERVIEW Term 1 Summative Number patterns assessment (ACMNA026, ACMNA027, ACMNA035) Chance assessment (ACMNA026, ACMNA035) Formative Counting capers (ACMNA026, ACMNA035) Describing outcomes of everyday events (Guided Inquiry) (ACMSP047) Standardised: Nil Term 2 Summative Adding and subtracting numbers (ACMNA029, ACMNA030) Adding and subtracting numbers (ACMNA029, ACMNA030) In the toyshop window (ACMSP048, ACMSP049, ACMSP050) Identifying and describing patterns (ACMNA026, ACMNA027, ACMNA035) Formative Observe/collect student work to monitor: Tell time to the quarter-hour, using the language of 'past' and 'to' (ACMMG039) Recognise and interpret halves, quarters and eighths (ACMNA033) Recognise & represent multiplication (ACMNA031) Standardised: Nil Term 3 Summative Partitioning into equal groups (ACMNA033, ACMNA032) Compare them! Order them! (ACMMG037) Secret number (ACMNA027, ACMNA028) Money and calendars (ACMNA034, ACMMG040, ACMMG041) Term 4 Summative Solving number problems (ACMNA029, ACMNA030, ACMNA031, ACMNA032, ACMNA035, ACMNA036) Time, slides and flips(ACMMG039, ACMMG045) Formative Student work samples and observations Formative Student work samples and observations throughout unit Standardised: Nil throughout unit Standardised: PAT-M Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year 2, students recognise increasing and decreasing number sequences involving 2s, 3s and 5s. They represent multiplication and division by grouping into sets. They associate collections of Australian coins with their value. Students identify the missing element in a number sequence. Students recognise the features of three-dimensional objects. They interpret simple maps of familiar locations. They explain the effects of one-step transformations. Students make sense of collected information. Students count to and from 1000. They perform simple addition and subtraction calculations using a range of strategies. They divide collections and shapes into halves, quarters and eighths. Students order shapes and objects using informal units. They tell time to the quarter hour and use a calendar to identify the date and the months included in seasons. They draw two dimensional shapes. They describe outcomes for everyday events. Students collect data from relevant questions to create lists, tables and picture graphs. By the end of Year 2, students recognise increasing and decreasing number sequences involving 2s, 3s and 5s. They represent multiplication and division by grouping into sets. They associate collections of Australian coins with their value. Students identify the missing element in a number sequence. Students recognise the features of three-dimensional objects. They interpret simple maps of familiar locations. They explain the effects of one-step transformations. Students make sense of collected information. Students count to and from 1000. They perform simple addition and subtraction calculations using a range of strategies. They divide collections and shapes into halves, quarters and eighths. Students order shapes and objects using informal units. They tell time to the quarter hour and use a calendar to identify the date and the months included in seasons. They draw two- dimensional shapes. They describe outcomes for everyday events. Students collect data from relevant questions to create lists, tables and picture graphs. By the end of Year 2, students recognise increasing and decreasing number sequences involving 2s, 3s 5s. They represent multiplication and division by grouping into sets. They associate collections of Australian coins with their value. Students identify the missing element in a number sequence. Students recognise the features of three-dimensional objects. They interpret simple maps of familiar locations. They explain the effects of one-step transformations. Students make sense of collected information. Students count to and from 1000. They perform simple addition and subtraction calculations using a range of strategies. They divide collections and shapes into halves, quarters and eighths. Students order shapes and objects using informal units. They tell time to the quarter hour and use a calendar to identify the date and the months included in seasons. They draw two dimensional shapes. They describe outcomes for everyday events. Students collect data from relevant questions to create lists, tables and picture graphs. By the end of Year 2, students recognise increasing and decreasing number sequences involving 2s, 3s and 5s. They represent multiplication and division by grouping into sets. They associate collections of Australian coins with their value. Students identify the missing element in a number sequence. Students recognise the features of three-dimensional objects. They interpret simple maps of familiar locations. They explain the effects of one-step transformations*. Students make sense of collected information. Students count to and from 1000. They perform simple addition and subtraction calculations using a range of strategies. They divide collections and shapes into halves, quarters and eighths. Students order shapes and objects using informal units. They tell time to the quarter hour and use a calendar to identify the date and the months included in seasons. They draw two- dimensional shapes. They describe outcomes for everyday events. Students collect data from relevant questions to create lists, tables and picture graphs. * taught/assessed through Geography Maths Measurement and Geometry Number and Algebra Number and place value T1 T2 T3 Investigate the conditions required for a number to be odd or even and identify odd and even numbers (ACMNA051) ● M A Recognise, model, represent and order numbers to at least 10 000 (ACMNA052) A A A Apply place value to partition, rearrange and regroup numbers to at least 10 000 to assist calculations and solve problems (ACMNA053) A Recognise and explain the connection between addition and subtraction (ACMNA054) ● Recall addition facts for single-digit numbers and related subtraction facts to develop increasingly efficient mental strategies for computation (ACMNA055) ● A A ● A ● A A Recall multiplication facts of two, three, five and ten and related division facts (ACMNA056) ● ● A A Represent and solve problems involving multiplication using efficient mental and written strategies and appropriate digital technologies (ACMNA057) ● ● A A ● ● A ● A ● A ● Model and represent unit fractions including 1/2, 1/4, 1/3, 1/5 and their multiples to a complete whole (ACMNA058) Real numbers This sequence starts at Year 7 Money and financial mathematics Represent money values in multiple ways and count the change required for simple transactions to the nearest five cents (ACMNA059) Patterns and algebra Describe, continue, and create number patterns resulting from performing addition or subtraction (ACMNA060) Linear and non-linear relationships This sequence starts at Year 7 Using units of measurement Shape Location and transformation Chance Data representation and interpretation M T4 ● Fractions and decimals Geometric reasoning Statistics and Probability Year 3 ● Measure, order and compare objects using familiar metric units of length, mass and capacity (ACMMG061) ● Tell time to the minute and investigate the relationship between units of time (ACMMG062) A A A M A Make models of three-dimensional objects and describe key features (ACMMG063) ● A Create and interpret simple grid maps to show position and pathways (ACMMG065) A ● Identify symmetry in the environment (ACMMG066) Identify angles as measures of turn and compare angle sizes in everyday situations (ACMMG064) ● A A Conduct chance experiments, identify and describe possible outcomes and recognise variation in results (ACMSP067) A ● Identify questions or issues for categorical variables. Identify data sources and plan methods of data collection and recording (ACMSP068) A ● Collect data, organise into categories and create displays using lists, tables, picture graphs and simple column graphs, with and without the use of digital technologies (ACMSP069) A ● Interpret and compare data displays (ACMSP070) A ● YEAR 3 MATHS OVERVIEW Term 1 Summative Time and Problem Solving Assessment (ACMNA053, ACMMG062) Conduct a Chance Experiment (ACMSP067, ACMSP068, ACMSP069, ACMSP070) Formative Number Detective (ACMNA052, ACMNA053) Standardised Nil Term 2 Summative Count, Compare, Partition Numbers (ACMNA052, ACMNA053) Number patterns (ACMNA051, ACMNA060 Addition & Subtraction Problems(ACMNA054) Where is it? (ACMMG065) What’s in 1000 words? Investigation (ACMNA052, ACMNA053) Formative Student work samples and observations throughout unit Standardised NAPLAN - Numeracy Term 3 Summative Money e-Assessment (ACMNA059) Measurement scavenger hunt (ACMMG061) Additive thinking, patterns & problem solving (ACMNA051, ACMNA052, ACMNA055, ACMNA060) Telling time (ACMMG062, ACMNA055) Term 4 Summative Multiplication and Fractions (ACMNA056, ACMNA057) Making 3D Models and Recognising Angles (ACMMG063, ACMMG064) Formative Investigating the relationship between units of time (Guided Inquiry) (ACMMG062) Standardised Nil Formative Student work samples and observations throughout unit Standardised Task: PAT-M Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year 3, students recognise the connection between addition and subtraction and solve problems using efficient strategies for multiplication. They model and represent unit fractions. They represent money values in various ways. Students identify symmetry in the environment. They match positions on maps with given information. Students recognise angles in real situations. They interpret and compare data displays. Students count to and from 10 000. They classify numbers as either odd or even. They recall addition and multiplication facts for single digit numbers. Students correctly count out change from financial transactions. They continue number patterns involving addition and subtraction. Students use metric units for length, mass and capacity. They tell time to the nearest minute. Students make models of threedimensional objects. Students conduct chance experiments and list possible outcomes. They carry out simple data investigations for categorical variables. By the end of Year 3, students recognise the connection between addition and subtraction and solve problems using efficient strategies for multiplication. They model and represent unit fractions. They represent money values in various ways. Students identify symmetry in the environment. They match positions on maps with given information. Students recognise angles in real situations. They interpret and compare data displays. Students count to and from 10 000. They classify numbers as either odd or even. They recall addition and multiplication facts for single digit numbers. Students correctly count out change from financial transactions. They continue number patterns involving addition and subtraction. Students use metric units for length, mass and capacity. They tell time to the nearest minute. Students make models of threedimensional objects. Students conduct chance experiments and list possible outcomes. They carry out simple data investigations for categorical variables. By the end of Year 3, students recognise the connection between addition and subtraction and solve problems using efficient strategies for multiplication. They model and represent unit fractions. They represent money values in various ways. Students identify symmetry in the environment. They match positions on maps with given information. Students recognise angles in real situations. They interpret and compare data displays. Students count to and from 10 000. They classify numbers as either odd or even. They recall addition and multiplication facts for single digit numbers. Students correctly count out change from financial transactions. They continue number patterns involving addition and subtraction. Students use metric units for length, mass and capacity. They tell time to the nearest minute. Students make models of threedimensional objects. Students conduct chance experiments and list possible outcomes. They carry out simple data investigations for categorical variables. By the end of Year 3, students recognise the connection between addition and subtraction and solve problems using efficient strategies for multiplication. They model and represent unit fractions. They represent money values in various ways. Students identify symmetry in the environment. They match positions on maps with given information. Students recognise angles in real situations. They interpret and compare data displays. Students count to and from 10 000. They classify numbers as either odd or even. They recall addition and multiplication facts for single digit numbers. Students correctly count out change from financial transactions. They continue number patterns involving addition and subtraction. Students use metric units for length, mass and capacity. They tell time to the nearest minute. Students make models of threedimensional objects. Students conduct chance experiments and list possible outcomes. They carry out simple data investigations for categorical variables. T1 Year 4 Maths Investigate and use the properties of odd and even numbers (ACMNA071) Apply place value to partition, rearrange and regroup numbers to at least tens of thousands to assist calculations and solve problems (ACMNA073) Investigate number sequences involving multiples of 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, and 9 (ACMNA074) Number and Algebra Recall multiplication facts up to 10 × 10 and related division facts (ACMNA075) Develop efficient mental and written strategies and use appropriate digital technologies for multiplication and for division where there is no remainder (ACMNA076) Investigate equivalent fractions used in contexts (ACMNA077) Fractions and decimals Count by quarters halves and thirds, including with mixed numerals. Locate and represent these fractions on a number line (ACMNA078) Patterns and algebra Linear relationships Measurement and Geometry Using units of measurement A M A M A M A M A A Location and transformation Geometric reasoning Chance Data representation and interpretation ● ● ● M ● ● M ● ● A ● ● ● A A ● ● A A ● ● ● A A A ● Solve problems involving purchases and the calculation of change to the nearest five cents with and without digital technologies (ACMNA080) Explore and describe number patterns resulting from performing multiplication (ACMNA081) A M ● Solve word problems by using number sentences involving multiplication or division where there is no remainder (ACMNA082) ● A ● Use equivalent number sentences involving addition and subtraction to find unknown quantities (ACMNA083) A M ● ● This sequence starts at Year 7 ● Compare objects using familiar metric units of area and volume (ACMMG290) M M A A A ● Convert between units of time (ACMMG085) ● A Use am and pm notation and solve simple time problems (ACMMG086) ● A Compare the areas of regular and irregular shapes by informal means (ACMMG087) Shape T4 This sequence starts at Year 7 Use scaled instruments to measure and compare lengths, masses, capacities and temperatures (ACMMG084) Statistics and Probability ● M Recognise that the place value system can be extended to tenths and hundredths. Make connections between fractions and decimal notation (ACMNA079) Real numbers Money and financial mathematics T3 A Recognise, represent and order numbers to at least tens of thousands (ACMNA072) Number and place value T2 A Compare and describe two dimensional shapes that result from combining and splitting common shapes, with and without the use of digital technologies (ACMMG088) M Use simple scales, legends and directions to interpret information contained in basic maps (ACMMG090) ●* Create symmetrical patterns, pictures and shapes with and without digital technologies (ACMMG091) ● A A* A Compare angles and classify them as equal to, greater than or less than a right angle (ACMMG089) A Describe possible everyday events and order their chances of occurring (ACMSP092) ● A Identify everyday events where one cannot happen if the other happens (ACMSP093) ● A Identify events where the chance of one will not be affected by the occurrence of the other (ACMSP094) ● A Select and trial methods for data collection, including survey questions and recording sheets (ACMSP095) ● A* ● A* ● A* Construct suitable data displays, with and without the use of digital technologies, from given or collected data. Include tables, column graphs and picture graphs where one picture can represent many data values (ACMSP096) Evaluate the effectiveness of different displays in illustrating data features including variability (ACMSP097) *content descriptor taught/assessed through Geography YEAR 4 MATHS OVERVIEW Term 1 Term 2 Summative Knowing Numbers (ACMNA073, ACMNA074, ACMNA075, ACMNA076) Patterning (ACMNA081, ACMNA083) Summative Fractions Assessment(ACMNA077, ACMNA078) A New Home (ACMNA072, ACMNA073, ACMNA076, (ACMNA082) Food for Thought (ACMNA080) Formative Place value, fractions and operations (ACMNA072, ACMNA073, ACMNA074, ACMNA075, ACMNA076) How much is 10 000?(ACMNA075, ACMNA076) Formative Standardised: Nil Monitoring: Patterns and Algebra (ACMNA081, ACMNA083) Monitoring: Angles (ACMMG089) Monitoring: Shape (ACMMG088) Standardised: Nil Term 3 Summative Marvellous measurement (ACMMG084, ACMMG090, ACMMG087) Problem Solving with Costings (included with Marvellous Measurement Task) (ACMNA080) Term 4 Summative Deadly decimals (ACMNA079) Time and Chance Assessment (ACMSP092, ACMSP093, ACMSP094, (ACMMG085, ACMMG086) Formative Student work samples and observations Formative Student work samples and observations form monitoring tasks throughout unit Standardised: Nil form monitoring tasks throughout unit Standardised: PAT-M Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year 4, students choose appropriate strategies for calculations involving multiplication and division. They recognise common equivalent fractions in familiar contexts and make connections between fraction and decimal notations up to two decimal places. Students solve simple purchasing problems. They identify unknown quantities in number sentences. They describe number patterns from multiplication. Students compare areas of regular and irregular shapes using informal units. They solve problems involving time duration. They interpret information contained in maps. Students identify dependent and independent events. They describe different methods for data collection and representation, and evaluate their effectiveness. Students use the properties of odd and even numbers. They recall multiplication facts to 10 x 10 and related division facts. Students locate familiar fractions on a number line. They continue number sequences involving multiples of single digit numbers. Students use scaled instruments to measure temperature, lengths, shapes and objects. They convert between units of time. Students create symmetrical shapes and patterns. They classify angles in relation to a right angle. Students list the probabilities of everyday events. They construct data displays from given or collected data. By the end of Year 4, students choose appropriate strategies for calculations involving multiplication and division. They recognise common equivalent fractions in familiar contexts and make connections between fraction and decimal notations up to two decimal places. Students solve simple purchasing problems. They identify unknown quantities in number sentences. They describe number patterns from multiplication. Students compare areas of regular and irregular shapes using informal units. They solve problems involving time duration. They interpret information contained in maps. Students identify dependent and independent events. They describe different methods for data collection and representation, and evaluate their effectiveness. Students use the properties of odd and even numbers. They recall multiplication facts to 10 x 10 and related division facts. Students locate familiar fractions on a number line. They continue number sequences involving multiples of single digit numbers. Students use scaled instruments to measure temperature, lengths, shapes and objects. They convert between units of time. Students create symmetrical shapes and patterns. They classify angles in relation to a right angle. Students list the probabilities of everyday events. They construct data displays from given or collected data. By the end of Year 4, students choose appropriate strategies for calculations involving multiplication and division. They recognise common equivalent fractions in familiar contexts and make connections between fraction and decimal notations up to two decimal places. Students solve simple purchasing problems. They identify unknown quantities in number sentences. They describe number patterns resulting from multiplication. Students compare areas of regular and irregular shapes using informal units. They solve problems involving time duration. They interpret information contained in maps. Students identify dependent and independent events. They describe different methods for data collection and representation, and evaluate their effectiveness. Students use the properties of odd and even numbers. They recall multiplication facts to 10 x 10 and related division facts. Students locate familiar fractions on a number line. They continue number sequences involving multiples of single digit numbers. Students use scaled instruments to measure temperatures, lengths, shapes and objects. They convert between units of time. Students create symmetrical shapes and patterns. They classify angles in relation to a right angle. Students list the probabilities of everyday events. They construct data displays from given or collected data. By the end of Year 4, students choose appropriate strategies for calculations involving multiplication and division. They recognise common equivalent fractions in familiar contexts and make connections between fraction and decimal notations up to two decimal places. Students solve simple purchasing problems. They identify unknown quantities in number sentences. They describe number patterns resulting from multiplication. Students compare areas of regular and irregular shapes using informal units. They solve problems involving time duration. They interpret information contained in maps.* Students identify dependent and independent events. They describe different methods for data collection and representation, and evaluate their effectiveness.* Students use the properties of odd and even numbers. They recall multiplication facts to 10 x 10 and related division facts. Students locate familiar fractions on a number line. They continue number sequences involving multiples of single digit numbers. Students use scaled instruments to measure temperatures, lengths, shapes and objects. They convert between units of time. Students create symmetrical shapes and patterns. They classify angles in relation to a right angle. Students list the probabilities of everyday events. They construct data displays from given or collected data.* * taught/assessed through Geography Year 5 Maths Number and Algebra Number and place value Fractions and decimals Real numbers Money and financial mathematics T1 T2 Identify and describe factors and multiples of whole numbers and use them to solve problems (ACMNA098) A ● T3 T4 Use estimation and rounding to check the reasonableness of answers to calculations (ACMNA099) A A A ● Solve problems involving multiplication of large numbers by one- or two-digit numbers using efficient mental, written strategies and appropriate digital technologies (ACMNA100) A ● A A Solve problems involving division by a one digit number, including those that result in a remainder (ACMNA101) A A A A Use efficient mental and written strategies and apply appropriate digital technologies to solve problems (ACMNA291) ● A A A Compare and order common unit fractions and locate and represent them on a number line (ACMNA102) A M Investigate strategies to solve problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions with the same denominator (ACMNA103) A M Recognise that the place value system can be extended beyond hundredths (ACMNA104) A M ● Compare, order and represent decimals (ACMNA105) A M ● This sequence starts at Year 7 M A Create simple financial plans (ACMNA106) Describe, continue and create patterns with fractions, decimals and whole numbers resulting from addition and subtraction (ACMNA107) A A Use equivalent number sentences involving multiplication and division to find unknown quantities (ACMNA121) A A ● Patterns and algebra Measurement and Geometry Linear and non-linear relationships Using units of measurement Shape Choose appropriate units of measurement for length, area, volume, capacity and mass (ACMMG108) M A Calculate the perimeter and area of rectangles using familiar metric units (ACMMG109) M A Compare 12- and 24-hour time systems and convert between them (ACMMG110) M Location and transformation A M A M A Connect three-dimensional objects with their nets and other two-dimensional representations (ACMMG111) Use a grid reference system to describe locations. Describe routes using landmarks and directional language (ACMMG113) Geometric reasoning Statistics and Probability This sequence starts at Year 7 M Describe translations, reflections and rotations of two-dimensional shapes. Identify line and rotational symmetries (ACMMG114) M A^ ● Apply the enlargement transformation to familiar two dimensional shapes and explore the properties of the resulting image compared with the original (ACMMG115) A ● Estimate, measure and compare angles using degrees. Construct angles using a protractor (ACMMG112) A List outcomes of chance experiments involving equally likely outcomes and represent probabilities of those outcomes using fractions (ACMSP116) A* ● A M Chance Recognise that probabilities range from 0 to 1 (ACMSP117) Data representation and interpretation A Pose questions and collect categorical or numerical data by observation or survey (ACMSP118) A M ● Construct displays, including column graphs, dot plots and tables, appropriate for data type, with and without the use of digital technologies (ACMSP119) A M ● Describe and interpret different data sets in context (ACMSP120) A ● ^ content descriptor is also taught/assessed through Art * taught/assessed through Geography YEAR 5 MATHS OVERVIEW Term 1 Summative Digging into data (ACMSP118, ACMSP119, ACMSP120) Number Crunch ( ACMNA098, ACMNA099, ACMNA100, ACMNA101, ACMNA102, ACMNA103) Formative Accent on area (ACMMG108, ACMMG109) Perfecting perimeter (ACMMG108, ACMMG109) Ticking away time (ACMMG108) Conducting a chance experiment(ACMSP116) Standardised: Nil Term 2 Summative Generational Geometry (ACMMG111, ACMMG114, ACMMG112) Geometric Buildings (ACMMG111, ACMMG112) Delivering decimals (ACMNA104, ACMNA105) Sailing through symmetry (ACMMG114, ACMMG115) Operations (ACMNA099, ACMNA0100, ACMNA291) Patterning Assessment (ACMNA107, ACMNA121) Formative Shaping up (ACMMG111) Standardised: NAPLAN Numeracy Term 3 Summative George and Janelle's 'Eggs-cellent' idea (ACMNA099, ACMNA100, ACMNA101, ACMNA291) Year 5's great garden (ACMG108, ACMG109) Perfecting patterns (ACMNA107, ACMNA121) Formative Look at location (ACMMG113) Stuart's simple savings plan (ACMNA106) Reactions to fractions (ACMNA102, ACMNA103, ACMNA104, ACMNA105) Investigating the size of an object (ACMMG108, ACMSP118, ACMSP119) Standardised: Nil Term 4 Summative What is the chance? (ACMSP116, ACMSP117) Number and Operations Assessment (ACMNA100, ACMNA101, ACMNA291) Formative 12- and 24-hour time (ACMMG110) Standardised: PAT-M Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year 5, students solve simple problems involving the four operations using a range of strategies. They check the reasonableness of answers using estimation and rounding. Students identify and describe factors and multiples. They explain plans for simple budgets. Students connect three-dimensional objects with their two- dimensional representations. They describe transformations of two-dimensional shapes and identify line and rotational symmetry. Students compare and interpret different data sets. Students order decimals and unit fractions and locate them on number lines. They add and subtract fractions with the same denominator. Students continue patterns by adding and subtracting fractions and decimals. They find unknown quantities in number sentences. They use appropriate units of measurement for length, area, volume, capacity and mass, and calculate perimeter and area of rectangles. They convert between 12 and 24 hour time. Students use a grid reference system to locate landmarks. They measure and construct different angles. Students list outcomes of chance experiments with equally likely outcomes and assign probabilities between 0 and 1. Students pose questions to gather data, and construct data displays appropriate for the data. By the end of Year 5, students solve simple problems involving the four operations using a range of strategies. They check the reasonableness of answers using estimation and rounding. Students identify and describe factors and multiples. They explain plans for simple budgets. Students connect three-dimensional objects with their two-dimensional representations. They describe transformations of two-dimensional shapes and identify line and rotational symmetry. Students compare and interpret different data sets. By the end of Year 5, students solve simple problems involving the four operations using a range of strategies. They check the reasonableness of answers using estimation and rounding. Students identify and describe factors and multiples. They explain plans for simple budgets. Students connect three-dimensional objects with their two-dimensional representations. They describe transformations of two-dimensional shapes and identify line and rotational symmetry. Students compare and interpret different data sets. Students order decimals and unit fractions and locate them on number lines. They add and subtract fractions with the same denominator. Students continue patterns by adding and subtracting fractions and decimals. They find unknown quantities in number sentences. They use appropriate units of measurement for length, area, volume, capacity and mass, and calculate perimeter and area of rectangles. They convert between 12 and 24 hour time. Students use a grid reference system to locate landmarks. They measure and construct different angles. Students list outcomes of chance experiments with equally likely outcomes and assign probabilities between 0 and 1. Students pose questions to gather data, and construct data displays appropriate for the data. Students order decimals and unit fractions and locate them on number lines. They add and subtract fractions with the same denominator. Students continue patterns by adding and subtracting fractions and decimals. They find unknown quantities in number sentences. They use appropriate units of measurement for length, area, volume, capacity and mass, and calculate perimeter and area of rectangles. They convert between 12 and 24 hour time. Students use a grid reference system to locate landmarks. They measure and construct different angles. Students list outcomes of chance experiments with equally likely outcomes and assign probabilities between 0 and 1. Students pose questions to gather data, and construct data displays appropriate for the data. By the end of Year 5, students solve simple problems involving the four operations using a range of strategies. They check the reasonableness of answers using estimation and rounding. Students identify and describe factors and multiples. They explain plans for simple budgets. Students connect three-dimensional objects with their two-dimensional representations. They describe transformations of two-dimensional shapes and identify line and rotational symmetry. Students compare and interpret different data sets. Students order decimals and unit fractions and locate them on number lines. They add and subtract fractions with the same denominator. Students continue patterns by adding and subtracting fractions and decimals. They find unknown quantities in number sentences. They use appropriate units of measurement for length, area, volume, capacity and mass, and calculate perimeter and area of rectangles. They convert between 12 and 24 hour time. Students use a grid reference system to locate landmarks.* They measure and construct different angles. Students list outcomes of chance experiments with equally likely outcomes and assign probabilities between 0 and 1. Students pose questions to gather data, and construct data displays appropriate for the data. * taught/assessed through Geography T1 T2 Identify and describe properties of prime, composite, square and triangular numbers (ACMNA122) ● A Select and apply efficient mental and written strategies and appropriate digital technologies to solve problems involving all four operations with whole numbers (ACMNA123) ● Year 6 Maths Number and place value Number and Algebra Investigate everyday situations that use integers. Locate and represent these numbers on a number line (ACMNA124) Fractions and decimals Money and financial mathematics T4 A A A M A ● ● Compare fractions with related denominators and locate and represent them on a number line (ACMNA125) ● ● ● Solve problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions with the same or related denominators (ACMNA126) ● ● A Find a simple fraction of a quantity where the result is a whole number, with and without digital technologies (ACMNA127) M A ● Add and subtract decimals, with and without digital technologies, and use estimation and rounding to check the reasonableness of answers (ACMNA128) A ● ● Multiply decimals by whole numbers and perform divisions by non-zero whole numbers where the results are terminating decimals, with and without digital technologies (ACMNA129) A A ● Multiply and divide decimals by powers of 10 (ACMNA130) A ● ● Make connections between equivalent fractions, decimals and percentages (ACMNA131) Real numbers T3 M A Investigate and calculate percentage discounts of 10%, 25% and 50% on sale items, with and without digital technologies (ACMNA132) ● M A Continue and create sequences involving whole numbers, fractions and decimals. Describe the rule used to create the sequence (ACMNA133) ● ● Explore the use of brackets and order of operations to write number sentences (ACMNA134) ● A This sequence starts at Year 7 M Patterns and algebra Measurement and Geometry Linear lrelationships Using units of measurement Geometric reasoning Statistics and Probability Connect decimal representations to the metric system (ACMMG135) ● A Convert between common metric units of length, mass and capacity (ACMMG136) A A ● A A A Solve problems involving the comparison of lengths and areas using appropriate units (ACMMG137) Interpret and use timetables (ACMMG139) Location and transformation Chance ● A ● A Construct simple prisms and pyramids (ACMMG140) Investigate combinations of translations, reflections and rotations, with and without the use of digital technologies (ACMMG142) A M Introduce the Cartesian coordinate system using all four quadrants (ACMMG143) A ● Investigate, with and without digital technologies, angles on a straight line, angles at a point and vertically opposite angles. Use results to find unknown angles (ACMMG141) A ● Describe probabilities using fractions, decimals and percentages (ACMSP144) ● A ● Conduct chance experiments with both small and large numbers of trials using appropriate digital technologies (ACMSP145) ● A ● A ● A M Compare observed frequencies across experiments with expected frequencies (ACMSP146) Data representation and interpretation A This sequence starts at Year 7 Connect volume and capacity and their units of measurement (ACMMG138) Shape ● Interpret and compare a range of data displays, including side-by-side column graphs for two categorical variables (ACMSP147) A Interpret secondary data presented in digital media and elsewhere (ACMSP148) A M YEAR 6 MATHS OVERVIEW Term 1 Summative Data decoder (ACMSP147) Rodeo round-up (ACMMG139) Term 2 Summative Guided inquiry: Designing the biggest pyramid (ACMMG136, ACMMG138, ACMMG140) Investigating Angles (ACMMG141) Order of operations (ACMNA123, ACMNA134) Division Assessment (ACMNA123) Mystery Number Investigation (ACMNA122, ACMNA123) Formative Connecting fractions, decimals and percentages (ACMNA131) Find a fraction of them (ACMNA127) Standardised: Nil Decimals A’ment (ACMNA128, ACMNA129,ACMNA130) Formative Below Zero (ACMNA124) Standardised: Nil Term 3 Summative Division and Fractions/Decimals/Percentages and Discounts Assessment (AMNA126, AMNA127, ACMNA131, ACMNA132, ACMNA123, ACMNA129) Location and Transformation Assessment (ACMMG142, ACMMG143) Is the game 'Dice difference' fair? (ACMSP144, ACMSP145, ACMSP146, ACMSP147) Formative Student work samples and observations form monitoring tasks throughout unit Percentage discounts (ACMNA132) Standardised: Nil Term 4 Summative Solving Measurement Problems (ACMMG135, ACMMG136, ACMMG137, ACMMG138) Number properties, patterns and computation (ACMNA123, ACMNA134) Formative Manipulating data (ACMSP147, ACMSP148) Uncle Charles's dilemma (ACMNA133) Create a logo (ACMMG142) Standardised: PAT-M Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard Achievement Standard By the end of Year 6, students recognise the properties of prime, composite, square and triangular numbers. They describe the use of integers in everyday contexts. They solve problems involving all four operations with whole numbers. Students connect fractions, decimals and percentages as different representations of the same number. They solve problems involving the addition and subtraction of related fractions. Students make connections between the powers of 10 and the multiplication and division of decimals. They describe rules used in sequences involving whole numbers, fractions and decimals. Students connect decimal representations to the metric system and choose appropriate units of measurement to perform a calculation. They make connections between capacity and volume. They solve problems involving length and area. They interpret timetables. Students describe combinations of transformations. They solve problems using the properties of angles. Students compare observed and expected frequencies. They interpret and compare a variety of data displays including those displays for two categorical variables. They evaluate secondary data displayed in the media. Students locate fractions and integers on a number line. They calculate a simple fraction of a quantity. They add, subtract and multiply decimals and divide decimals where the result is rational. Students calculate common percentage discounts on sale items. They write correct number sentences using brackets and order of operations. Students locate an ordered pair in any one of the four quadrants on the Cartesian plane. They construct simple prisms and pyramids. Students list and communicate probabilities using simple fractions, decimals and percentages. By the end of Year 6, students recognise the properties of prime, composite, square and triangular numbers. They describe the use of integers in everyday contexts. They solve problems involving all four operations with whole numbers. Students connect fractions, decimals and percentages as different representations of the same number. They solve problems involving the addition and subtraction of related fractions. Students make connections between the powers of 10 and the multiplication and division of decimals. They describe rules used in sequences involving whole numbers, fractions and decimals. Students connect decimal representations to the metric system and choose appropriate units of measurement to perform a calculation. They make connections between capacity and volume. They solve problems involving length and area. They interpret timetables. Students describe combinations of transformations. They solve problems using the properties of angles. Students compare observed and expected frequencies. They interpret and compare a variety of data displays including those displays for two categorical variables. They evaluate secondary data displayed in the media. Students locate fractions and integers on a number line. They calculate a simple fraction of a quantity. They add, subtract and multiply decimals and divide decimals where the result is rational. Students calculate common percentage discounts on sale items. They write correct number sentences using brackets and order of operations. Students locate an ordered pair in any one of the four quadrants on the Cartesian plane. They construct simple prisms and pyramids. Students list and communicate probabilities using simple fractions, decimals and percentages. By the end of Year 6, students recognise the properties of prime, composite, square and triangular numbers. They describe the use of integers in everyday contexts. They solve problems involving all four operations with whole numbers. Students connect fractions, decimals and percentages as different representations of the same number. They solve problems involving the addition and subtraction of related fractions. Students make connections between the powers of 10 and the multiplication and division of decimals. They describe rules used in sequences involving whole numbers, fractions and decimals. Students connect decimal representations to the metric system and choose appropriate units of measurement to perform a calculation. They make connections between capacity and volume. They solve problems involving length and area. They interpret timetables. Students describe combinations of transformations. They solve problems using the properties of angles. Students compare observed and expected frequencies. They interpret and compare a variety of data displays including those displays for two categorical variables. They evaluate secondary data displayed in the media. Students locate fractions and integers on a number line. They calculate a simple fraction of a quantity. They add, subtract and multiply decimals and divide decimals where the result is rational. Students calculate common percentage discounts on sale items. They write correct number sentences using brackets and order of operations. Students locate an ordered pair in any one of the four quadrants on the Cartesian plane. They construct simple prisms and pyramids. Students list and communicate probabilities using simple fractions, decimals and percentages. By the end of Year 6, students recognise the properties of prime, composite, square and triangular numbers. They describe the use of integers in everyday contexts. They solve problems involving all four operations with whole numbers. Students connect fractions, decimals and percentages as different representations of the same number. They solve problems involving the addition and subtraction of related fractions. Students make connections between the powers of 10 and the multiplication and division of decimals. They describe rules used in sequences involving whole numbers, fractions and decimals. Students connect decimal representations to the metric system and choose appropriate units of measurement to perform a calculation. They make connections between capacity and volume. They solve problems involving length and area. They interpret timetables. Students describe combinations of transformations. They solve problems using the properties of angles. Students compare observed and expected frequencies. They interpret and compare a variety of data displays including those displays for two categorical variables. They evaluate secondary data displayed in the media. Students locate fractions and integers on a number line. They calculate a simple fraction of a quantity. They add, subtract and multiply decimals and divide decimals where the result is rational. Students calculate common percentage discounts on sale items. They write correct number sentences using brackets and order of operations. Students locate an ordered pair in any one of the four quadrants on the Cartesian plane. They construct simple prisms and pyramids. Students list and communicate probabilities using simple fractions, decimals and percentages. Australian Curriculum MATHEMATICS – Scope and Sequence Number and Place Value Number and Algebra Strand SubStrands Prep (Foundation Year) Establish understanding of the language and processes of counting by naming numbers in sequences, initially to and from 20, moving from any starting point Year 1 Develop confidence with number sequences to and from 100 by ones from any starting point. Skip count by twos, fives and tens starting from zero Connect number names, numerals and quantities, including zero, initially up to 10 and then beyond Recognise, model, read, write and order numbers to at least 100. Subitise small collections of objects Locate these numbers on a number line Represent practical situations to model addition and sharing Count collections to 100 by partitioning numbers using place value Compare, order and make correspondences between collections, initially to 20, and explain reasoning Represent and solve simple addition and subtraction problems using a range of strategies including counting on, partitioning and rearranging parts Year 2 Investigate number sequences, initially those increasing and decreasing by twos, threes, fives and ten from any startingpoint, then moving to other sequences. Recognise, model, represent and order numbers to at least 1000 Group, partition and rearrange collections up to 1000 in hundreds, tens and ones to facilitate more efficient counting Explore the connection between addition and subtraction Solve simple addition and subtraction problems using a range of efficient mental and written strategies Recognise and represent multiplication as repeated addition, groups and arrays Recognise and represent division as grouping into equal sets and solve simple problems using these representations Year 3 Year 4 Investigate the conditions required for a number to be odd or even and identify odd and even numbers Recall multiplication facts up to 10 x 10 and related division facts Recognise, model, represent and order numbers to at least 10 000 Apply place value to partition, rearrange and regroup numbers to at least 10 000 to assist calculations and solve problems Recognise and explain the connection between addition and subtraction Recall addition facts for single-digit numbers and related subtraction facts to develop increasingly efficient mental strategies for computation Recall multiplication facts of two, three, five and ten and related division facts Represent and solve problems involving multiplication using efficient mental and written strategies and appropriate digital technologies Investigate and use the properties of odd and even numbers Recognise, represent and order numbers to at least tens of Thousands Apply place value to partition, rearrange and regroup numbers to at least tens of thousands to assist calculations and solve problems Investigate number sequences involving multiples of 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, and 9 Develop efficient mental and written strategies and use appropriate digital technologies for multiplication and for division where there is no remainder Year 5 Year 6 Identify and describe factors and multiples of whole numbers and use them to solve problems Identify and describe properties of prime, composite, square and triangular numbers Use estimation and rounding to check the reasonableness of answers to calculations Select and apply efficient mental and written strategies and appropriate digital technologies to solve problems involving all four operations with whole numbers Solve problems involving multiplication of large numbers by one- or twodigit numbers using efficient mental, written strategies and appropriate digital technologies Solve problems involving division by a one digit number, including those that result in a remainder Use efficient mental and written strategies and apply appropriate digital technologies to solve problems Investigate everyday situations that use integers. Locate and represent these numbers on a number line Prep Year 1 Recognise and describe one-half as one of two equal parts of a whole. Year 2 Recognise and interpret common uses of halves, quarters and eighths of shapes and collections Year 3 Model and represent unit fractions including 1/2, 1/4, 1/3, 1/5 and their multiples to a complete whole Year 4 Investigate equivalent fractions used in contexts Count by quarters halves and thirds, including with mixed numerals. Locate and represent these fractions on a number line Recognise that the place value system can be extended to tenths and hundredths. Fractions and Decimals Make connections between fractions and decimal notation Year 5 Year 6 Compare and order common unit fractions and locate and represent them on a number Line Compare fractions with related denominators and locate and represent them on a number line Investigate strategies to solve problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions with the same denominator Solve problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions with the same or related denominators Recognise that the place value system can be extended beyond hundredths Find a simple fraction of a quantity where the result is a whole number, with and without digital technologies Compare, order and represent decimals Add and subtract decimals, with and without digital technologies, and use estimation and rounding to check the reasonableness of answers Multiply decimals by whole numbers and perform divisions by nonzero whole numbers where the results are terminating decimals, with and without digital technologies Money and Financial Mathematics Multiply and divide decimals by powers of 10 Recognise, describe and order Australian coins according to their value Count and order small collections of Australian coins and notes according to their value Represent money values in multiple ways and count the change required for simple transactions to the nearest five cents Solve problems involving purchases and the calculation of change to the nearest five cents with and without digital technologies Create simple financial plans Make connections between equivalent fractions, decimals and percentages Investigate and calculate percentage discounts of 10%, 25% and 50% on sale items, with and without digital technologies Prep Year 1 Sort and classify familiar objects and explain the basis for these classifications. Copy, continue and create patterns with objects and drawings Investigate and describe number patterns formed by skip counting and patterns with objects Patterns and Algebra Solve problems by using number sentences for addition or subtraction Connect days of the week to familiar events and actions Using Units of Measurement Year 3 Describe, continue, and create number patterns resulting from performing addition or subtraction Year 4 Explore and describe number patterns resulting from performing multiplication Measure and compare the lengths and capacities of pairs of objects using uniform informal units Tell time to the halfhour Describe duration using months, weeks, days and hours Compare and order several shapes and objects based on length, area, volume and capacity using appropriate uniform informal units Compare masses of objects using balance scales Tell time to the quarter-hour, using the language of ‘past’ and ‘to’ Name and order months and seasons Use a calendar to identify the date and determine the number of days in each month Tell time to the minute and investigate the relationship between units of time Year 6 Continue and create sequences involving whole numbers, fractions and decimals. Use equivalent number sentences involving multiplication and division to find unknown quantities Explore the use of brackets and order of operations to write number sentences Use scaled instruments to measure and compare lengths, masses, capacities and temperatures Choose appropriate units of measurement for length, area, volume, capacity and mass Connect decimal representations to the metric system Convert between units of time Calculate the perimeter and area of rectangles using familiar metric units Solve word problems by using number sentences involving multiplication or division where there is no remainder Measure, order and compare objects using familiar metric units of length, mass and Capacity Year 5 Describe, continue and create patterns with fractions, decimals and whole numbers resulting from addition and subtraction Use equivalent number sentences involving addition and subtraction to find unknown quantities Use direct and indirect comparisons to decide which is longer, heavier or holds more, and explain reasoning in everyday language Compare and order the duration of events using the everyday language of time Measurement and Geometry Year 2 Describe patterns with numbers and identify missing elements Use am and pm notation and solve simple time problems Compare objects using familiar metric units of area and volume Compare 12- and 24-hour time systems and convert between them Describe the rule used to create the sequence Convert between common metric units of length, mass and capacity Solve problems involving the comparison of lengths and areas using appropriate units Connect volume and capacity and their units of measurement Interpret and use timetables Prep Year 1 Year 2 Sort, describe and name familiar two-dimensional shapes and threedimensional objects in the environment Recognise and classify familiar twodimensional shapes and threedimensional objects using obvious features Describe and draw twodimensional shapes, with and without digital technologies Describe position and movement Give and follow directions to familiar locations Interpret simple maps of familiar locations and identify the relative positions of key features Year 3 Make models of threedimensional objects and describe key features Shape Location and Transformation Geometric Reasoning This sequence starts at Year 3 Year 5 Year 6 Connect three-dimensional objects with their nets and other twodimensional representations Construct simple prisms and pyramids Use simple scales, legends and directions to interpret information contained in basic maps Use a grid reference system to describe locations. Describe routes using landmarks and directional language Create symmetrical patterns, pictures and shapes with and without digital technologies Describe translations, reflections and rotations of two-dimensional shapes. Identify line and rotational symmetries Investigate combinations of translations, reflections and rotations, with and without the use of digital technologies Introduce the Cartesian coordinate system using all four quadrants Compare and describe two dimensional shapes that result from combining and splitting common shapes, with and without the use of digital technologies Describe the features of threedimensional objects Investigate the effect of onestep slides and flips with and without digital technologies Identify and describe half and quarter turns Year 4 Compare the areas of regular and irregular shapes by informal means Create and interpret simple grid maps to show position and pathways Identify symmetry in the environment Identify angles as measures of turn and compare angle sizes in everyday situations Compare angles and classify them as equal to, greater than or less than a right angle Apply the enlargement transformation to familiar two dimensional shapes and explore the properties of the resulting image compared with the original Estimate, measure and compare angles using degrees. Construct angles using a protractor Investigate, with and without digital technologies, angles on a straight line, angles at a point and vertically opposite angles. Use results to find unknown angles Answer yes/no questions to collect information Data Representation and Interpretation Statistics and Probability Chance Prep Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Identify outcomes of familiar events involving chance and describe them using everyday language such as ‘will happen’, ‘won’t happen’ or ‘might happen’ Identify practical activities and everyday events that involve chance. Conduct chance experiments, identify and describe possible outcomes and recognise variation in results Choose simple questions and gather responses Represent data with objects and drawings where one object or drawing represents one data value. Describe the displays Describe outcomes as ‘likely’ or ‘unlikely’ and identify some events as ‘certain’ or ‘impossible’ Identify a question of interest based on one categorical variable. Gather data relevant to the question Collect, check and classify data Create displays of data using lists, table and picture graphs and interpret them Year 4 Describe possible everyday events and order their chances of occurring Identify everyday events where one cannot happen if the other happens Identify events where the chance of one will not be affected by the occurrence of the other Identify questions or issues for categorical variables. Identify data sources and plan methods of data collection and recording Collect data, organise into categories and create displays using lists, tables, picture graphs and simple column graphs, with and without the use of digital technologies Interpret and compare data displays Year 5 List outcomes of chance experiments involving equally likely outcomes and represent probabilities of those outcomes using fractions Recognise that probabilities range from 0 to 1 Select and trial methods for data collection, including survey questions and recording sheets Pose questions and collect categorical or numerical data by observation or survey Construct suitable data displays, with and without the use of digital technologies, from given or collected data. Construct displays, including column graphs, dot plots and tables, appropriate for data type, with and without the use of digital technologies Include tables, column graphs and picture graphs where one picture can represent many data values Evaluate the effectiveness of different displays in illustrating data features including variability Describe and interpret different data sets in context Year 6 Describe probabilities using fractions, decimals and percentages Conduct chance experiments with both small and large numbers of trials using appropriate digital technologies Compare observed frequencies across experiments with expected frequencies Interpret and compare a range of data displays, including side-byside column graphs for two categorical variables Interpret secondary data presented in digital media and elsewhere Science The Science curriculum emphasises inquiry-based teaching and learning. A balanced and engaging approach to teaching will typically involve context, exploration, explanation and application. This requires a context or point of relevance through which students can make sense of the ideas they are learning. Opportunities for student-led open inquiry should also be provided within each phase of schooling. Assessment encourages longer-term understanding and provides detailed diagnostic information. It shows what students know, understand and can demonstrate. It also shows what they need to do to improve. In particular, Science Inquiry Skills and Science as a Human Endeavour require a variety of assessment approaches. [Australian Curriculum: Science] At Windsor State School, Science is taught through term units focused on each sub-strand of Science Understanding. Students will be engage with, and apply, the Science Inquiry Skills throughout each unit. Science assessment at Windsor State School involves both formative and summative modes. Formative assessment is used to monitor learning, provide feedback and to inform teaching. Summative assessment is used to make reportable judgements on the students’ demonstration of the content descriptors and the Achievement Standards. On-balanced judgements are made using Guide to Making Judgements continua. Explicit Instruction is the core pedagogy at Windsor State School. Modelled, joint and independent practice should be clearly evident within and across Science lessons, with lesson intent and success criteria clearly communicated to students. PREP SCIENCE Term 1 Biological sciences Living things have basic needs, including food and water (ACSSU002) identifying the needs of humans such as warmth, food and water, using students’ own experiences recognising the needs of living things in a range of situations such as pets at home, plants in the garden or plants and animals in bushland comparing the needs of plants and animals Nature and development of science Science involves exploring and observing the world using the senses (ACSHE013) Questioning and predicting Respond to questions about familiar objects and events (ACSIS014) Planning and Conducting Explore and make observations by using the senses (ACSIS011) Processing and analysing data and information Engage in discussions about observations and use methods such as drawing to represent ideas (ACSIS233) Communicating Share observations and ideas (ACSIS012) By the end of the Foundation year, students describe the properties and behaviour of familiar objects. They suggest how the environment affects them and other living things. Students share observations of familiar objects and events. Term 2 Term 3 Science Understanding Chemical sciences Earth and space sciences Objects are made of materials that have observable Daily and seasonal changes in our environment, properties (ACSSU003) including the weather, affect everyday life (ACSSU004) sorting and grouping materials on the basis of linking the changes in the daily weather to the way observable properties such as colour, texture and we modify our behaviour and dress for different flexibility conditions, including examples from different cultures thinking about how the materials used in buildings and shelters are suited to the local environment investigating how changes in the weather might affect animals such as pets, animals that investigating different forms of clothing used for hibernate, or migratory animals different activities learning how Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander comparing the traditional materials used for concepts of time and weather patterns explain clothing from around the world how things happen in the world around them Science as a Human Endeavour Nature and development of science Nature and development of science Science involves exploring and observing the world Science involves exploring and observing the world using the senses (ACSHE013) using the senses (ACSHE013) Science Inquiry Skills Questioning and predicting Questioning and predicting Respond to questions about familiar objects and Respond to questions about familiar objects and events (ACSIS014) events (ACSIS014) Planning and Conducting Planning and Conducting Explore and make observations by using the senses Explore and make observations by using the senses (ACSIS011) (ACSIS011) Processing and analysing data and information Processing and analysing data and information Engage in discussions about observations and use Engage in discussions about observations and use methods such as drawing to represent ideas methods such as drawing to represent ideas (ACSIS233) (ACSIS233) Communicating Communicating Share observations and ideas (ACSIS012) Share observations and ideas (ACSIS012) Achievement Standard By the end of Foundation Year, students describe By the end of Foundation Year, students describe the properties and behaviour of familiar objects. the properties and behaviour of familiar objects. They suggest how the environment affects them and They suggest how the environment affects them other living things. and other living things. Students share observations of familiar objects and Students share observations of familiar objects and events. events. Term 4 Physical sciences The way objects move depends on a variety of factors, including their size and shape (ACSSU005) observing the way different shaped objects such as balls, blocks and tubes move comparing the way different sized, but similar shaped, objects such as tennis balls, golf balls, marbles and basketballs roll and bounce observing how the movement of different living things depends on their size and shape Nature and development of science Science involves exploring and observing the world using the senses (ACSHE013) Questioning and predicting Respond to questions about familiar objects and events (ACSIS014) Planning and Conducting Explore and make observations by using the senses (ACSIS011) Processing and analysing data and information Engage in discussions about observations and use methods such as drawing to represent ideas (ACSIS233) Communicating Share observations and ideas (ACSIS012) By the end of the Foundation year students describe the properties and behaviour of familiar objects. They suggest how the environment affects them and other living things. Students share observations of familiar objects and events YEAR 1 SCIENCE Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Science Understanding Earth and space sciences Observable changes occur in the sky and landscape (ACSSU019) Use and influence of science People use science in their daily lives, including when caring for their environment and living things (ACSHE021) Nature and development of science Science involves asking questions about, and describing changes in, objects and events (ACSHE022) Questioning and predicting Respond to and pose questions, and make predictions about familiar objects and events (ACSIS024) Planning and Conducting Participate in different types of guided investigations to explore and answer questions, such as manipulating materials, testing ideas, and accessing information sources (ACSIS025) Use informal measurements in the collection and recording of observations, with the assistance of digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS026) Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods to sort information, including drawings and provided tables (ACSIS027) Through discussion, compare observations with predictions (ACSIS212) Evaluating Compare observations with those of others (ACSIS213) Communicating Represent and communicate observations and ideas in a variety of ways such as oral and written language, drawing and role play (ACSIS029) By the end of Year 1, students describe objects and events that they encounter in their everyday lives, and the effects of interacting with materials and objects. They identify a range of habitats. They describe changes to things in their local environment and suggest how science helps people care for environments. Students make predictions, and investigate everyday phenomena. They follow instructions to record and sort their observations and share their observations with others. Chemical sciences Biological sciences Everyday materials can be physically changed in a variety Living things have a variety of external features of ways (ACSSU018) (ACSSU017) Science as a Human Endeavour Use and influence of science Use and influence of science People use science in their daily lives, including when People use science in their daily lives, including when caring for their environment and living things caring for their environment and living things (ACSHE021) (ACSHE021) Nature and development of science Nature and development of science Science involves asking questions about, and describing Science involves asking questions about, and describing changes in, objects and events (ACSHE022) changes in, objects and events (ACSHE022) Science Inquiry Skills Questioning and predicting Questioning and predicting Respond to and pose questions, and make predictions Respond to and pose questions, and make predictions about familiar objects and events (ACSIS024) about familiar objects and events (ACSIS024) Planning and Conducting Planning and Conducting Participate in different types of guided investigations to Participate in different types of guided investigations to explore and answer questions, such as manipulating explore and answer questions, such as manipulating materials, testing ideas, and accessing information materials, testing ideas, and accessing information sources (ACSIS025) sources (ACSIS025) Use informal measurements in the collection and Use informal measurements in the collection and recording of observations, with the assistance of digital recording of observations, with the assistance of digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS026) technologies as appropriate (ACSIS026) Processing and analysing data and information Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods to sort information, including Use a range of methods to sort information, including drawings and provided tables (ACSIS027) drawings and provided tables (ACSIS027) Through discussion, compare observations with Through discussion, compare observations with predictions (ACSIS212) predictions (ACSIS212) Evaluating Evaluating Compare observations with those of others (ACSIS213) Compare observations with those of others (ACSIS213) Communicating Communicating Represent and communicate observations and ideas in a Represent and communicate observations and ideas in a variety of ways such as oral and written language, variety of ways such as oral and written language, drawing and role play (ACSIS029) drawing and role play (ACSIS029) Achievement Standard By the end of Year 1, students describe objects and By the end of Year 1, students describe objects and events that they encounter in their everyday lives, and events that they encounter in their everyday lives, and the effects of interacting with materials and objects. the effects of interacting with materials and objects. They They identify a range of habitats. They describe changes identify a range of habitats. They describe changes to to things in their local environment and suggest how things in their local environment and suggest how science helps people care for environments. science helps people care for environments. Students make predictions, and investigate everyday Students make predictions, and investigate everyday phenomena. They follow instructions to record and sort phenomena. They follow instructions to record and sort their observations and share their observations with their observations and share their observations with others. others. Physical sciences Light and sound are produced by a range of sources and can be sensed (ACSSU020) Use and influence of science People use science in their daily lives, including when caring for their environment and living things (ACSHE021) Nature and development of science Science involves asking questions about, and describing changes in, objects and events (ACSHE022) Questioning and predicting Respond to and pose questions, and make predictions about familiar objects and events (ACSIS024) Planning and Conducting Participate in different types of guided investigations to explore and answer questions, such as manipulating materials, testing ideas, and accessing information sources (ACSIS025) Use informal measurements in the collection and recording of observations, with the assistance of digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS026) Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods to sort information, including drawings and provided tables (ACSIS027) Through discussion, compare observations with predictions (ACSIS212) Evaluating Compare observations with those of others (ACSIS213) Communicating Represent and communicate observations and ideas in a variety of ways such as oral and written language, drawing and role play (ACSIS029) By the end of Year 1, students describe objects and events that they encounter in their everyday lives, and the effects of interacting with materials and objects. They identify a range of habitats. They describe changes to things in their local environment and suggest how science helps people to care for environments. Students make predictions and investigate everyday phenomena. They follow instructions to record and sort their observations and share their observations with others. YEAR 2 SCIENCE Term 1 Term 2 Chemical sciences Different materials can be combined, including by mixing, for a particular purpose (ACSSU031) Term 3 Science Understanding Physical sciences Biological sciences A push or a pull affects how an object moves or changes Living things grow, change and have offspring similar to shape (ACSSU033) themselves (ACSSU030) Term 4 Earth and space sciences Earth’s resources, including water, are used in a variety of ways (ACSSU032) Nature and development of science Science involves asking questions about, and describing changes in, objects and events (ACSHE034) Use and influence of science People use science in their daily lives, including when caring for their environment and living things (ACSHE035) Science as a Human Endeavour Nature and development of science Nature and development of science Science involves asking questions about, and describing Science involves asking questions about, and describing changes in, objects and events (ACSHE034) changes in, objects and events (ACSHE034) Use and influence of science Use and influence of science People use science in their daily lives, including when caring People use science in their daily lives, including when caring for their environment and living things (ACSHE035) for their environment and living things (ACSHE035) Nature and development of science Science involves asking questions about, and describing changes in, objects and events (ACSHE034) Use and influence of science People use science in their daily lives, including when caring for their environment and living things (ACSHE035) Questioning and predicting Respond to and pose questions, and make predictions about familiar objects and events (ACSIS037) Planning and Conducting Participate in different types of guided investigations to explore and answer questions, such as manipulating materials, testing ideas, and accessing information sources (ACSIS038) Use informal measurements in the collection and recording of observations, with the assistance of digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS039) Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods to sort information, including drawings and provided tables (ACSIS040) Through discussion, compare observations with predictions (ACSIS214) Evaluating Compare observations with those of others (ACSIS041) Communicating Represent and communicate observations and ideas in a variety of ways such as oral and written language, drawing and role play (ACSIS042) Science Inquiry Skills Questioning and predicting Questioning and predicting Respond to and pose questions, and make predictions about Respond to and pose questions, and make predictions about familiar objects and events (ACSIS037) familiar objects and events (ACSIS037) Planning and Conducting Planning and Conducting Participate in different types of guided investigations to Participate in different types of guided investigations to explore and answer questions, such as manipulating explore and answer questions, such as manipulating materials, testing ideas, and accessing information sources materials, testing ideas, and accessing information sources (ACSIS038) (ACSIS038) Use informal measurements in the collection and recording Use informal measurements in the collection and recording of observations, with the assistance of digital technologies of observations, with the assistance of digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS039) as appropriate (ACSIS039) Processing and analysing data and information Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods to sort information, including Use a range of methods to sort information, including drawings and provided tables (ACSIS040) drawings and provided tables (ACSIS040) Through discussion, compare observations with predictions Through discussion, compare observations with predictions (ACSIS214) (ACSIS214) Evaluating Evaluating Compare observations with those of others (ACSIS041) Compare observations with those of others (ACSIS041) Communicating Communicating Represent and communicate observations and ideas in a Represent and communicate observations and ideas in a variety of ways such as oral and written language, drawing variety of ways such as oral and written language, drawing and role play (ACSIS042) and role play (ACSIS042) Achievement Standard Questioning and predicting Respond to and pose questions, and make predictions about familiar objects and events (ACSIS037) Planning and Conducting Participate in different types of guided investigations to explore and answer questions, such as manipulating materials, testing ideas, and accessing information sources (ACSIS038) Use informal measurements in the collection and recording of observations, with the assistance of digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS039) Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods to sort information, including drawings and provided tables (ACSIS040) Through discussion, compare observations with predictions (ACSIS214) Evaluating Compare observations with those of others (ACSIS041) Communicating Represent and communicate observations and ideas in a variety of ways such as oral and written language, drawing and role play (ACSIS042) By the end of Year 2, students describe changes to objects, materials and living things. They identify that certain materials and resources have different uses and describe examples of where science is used in people's daily lives. Students pose questions about their experiences and predict outcomes of investigations. They use informal measurements to make and compare observations. They follow instructions to record and represent their observations and communicate their ideas to others. By the end of Year 2, students describe changes to objects, materials and living things. They identify that certain materials and resources have different uses and describe examples of where science is used in people's daily lives. Students pose questions about their experiences and predict outcomes of investigations. They use informal measurements to make and compare observations. They follow instructions to record and represent their observations and communicate their ideas to others. By the end of Year 2, students describe changes to objects, materials and living things. They identify that certain materials and resources have different uses and describe examples of where science is used in people's daily lives. Students pose questions about their experiences and predict outcomes of investigations. They use informal measurements to make and compare observations. They follow instructions to record and represent their observations and communicate their ideas to others. By the end of Year 2, students describe changes to objects, materials and living things. They identify that certain materials and resources have different uses and describe examples of where science is used in people's daily lives. Students pose questions about their experiences and predict outcomes of investigations. They use informal measurements to make and compare observations. They follow instructions to record and represent their observations and communicate their ideas to others. YEAR 3 SCIENCE Term 1 Physical sciences Heat can be produced in many ways and can move from one object to another (ACSSU049) Nature and development of science Science involves making predictions and describing patterns and relationships (ACSHE050) Use and influence of science Science knowledge helps people to understand the effect of their actions (ACSHE051) Questioning and predicting With guidance, identify questions in familiar contexts that can be investigated scientifically and predict what might happen based on prior knowledge (ACSIS053) Planning and Conducting Suggest ways to plan and conduct investigations to find answers to questions (ACSIS054) Safely use appropriate materials, tools or equipment to make and record observations, using formal measurements and digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS055) Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods including tables and simple column graphs to represent data and to identify patterns and trends (ACSIS057) Compare results with predictions, suggesting possible reasons for findings (ACSIS215) Evaluating Reflect on the investigation, including whether a test was fair or not (ACSIS058) Communicating Represent and communicate ideas and findings in a variety of ways such as diagrams, physical representations and simple reports (ACSIS060) By the end of Year 3, students use their understanding of the movement of the Earth, materials and the behaviour of heat to suggest explanations for everyday observations. They describe features common to living things. They describe how they can use science investigations to respond to questions and identify where people use science knowledge in their lives. Students use their experiences to pose questions and predict the outcomes of investigations. They make formal measurements and follow procedures to collect and present observations in a way that helps to answer the investigation questions. Students suggest possible reasons for their findings. They describe how safety and fairness were considered in their investigations. They use diagrams and other representations to communicate their ideas. Term 2 Term 3 Science Understanding Earth and space sciences Chemical sciences Earth’s rotation on its axis causes regular changes, A change of state between solid and liquid can be caused including night and day (ACSSU048) by adding or removing heat (ACSSU046) Science as a Human Endeavour Nature and development of science Nature and development of science Science involves making predictions and describing Science involves making predictions and describing patterns and relationships (ACSHE050) patterns and relationships (ACSHE050) Use and influence of science Use and influence of science Science knowledge helps people to understand the Science knowledge helps people to understand the effect of their actions (ACSHE051) effect of their actions (ACSHE051) Science Inquiry Skills Questioning and predicting Questioning and predicting With guidance, identify questions in familiar contexts With guidance, identify questions in familiar contexts that can be investigated scientifically and predict what that can be investigated scientifically and predict what might happen based on prior knowledge (ACSIS053) might happen based on prior knowledge (ACSIS053) Planning and Conducting Planning and Conducting Suggest ways to plan and conduct investigations to find Suggest ways to plan and conduct investigations to find answers to questions (ACSIS054) answers to questions (ACSIS054) Safely use appropriate materials, tools or equipment to Safely use appropriate materials, tools or equipment to make and record observations, using formal make and record observations, using formal measurements and digital technologies as appropriate measurements and digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS055) (ACSIS055) Processing and analysing data and information Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods including tables and simple Use a range of methods including tables and simple column graphs to represent data and to identify patterns column graphs to represent data and to identify patterns and trends (ACSIS057) and trends (ACSIS057) Compare results with predictions, suggesting possible Compare results with predictions, suggesting possible reasons for findings (ACSIS215) reasons for findings (ACSIS215) Evaluating Evaluating Reflect on the investigation, including whether a test Reflect on the investigation, including whether a test was fair or not (ACSIS058) was fair or not (ACSIS058) Communicating Communicating Represent and communicate ideas and findings in a Represent and communicate ideas and findings in a variety of ways such as diagrams, physical variety of ways such as diagrams, physical representations and simple reports (ACSIS060) representations and simple reports (ACSIS060) Achievement Standard By the end of Year 3, students use their understanding By the end of Year 3, students use their understanding of the movement of the Earth, materials and the of the movement of the Earth, materials and the behaviour of heat to suggest explanations for everyday behaviour of heat to suggest explanations for everyday observations. They describe features common to living observations. They describe features common to living things. They describe how they can use science things. They describe how they can use science investigations to respond to questions and identify where investigations to respond to questions and identify where people use science knowledge in their lives. people use science knowledge in their lives. Students use their experiences to pose questions and Students use their experiences to pose questions and predict the outcomes of investigations. They make formal predict the outcomes of investigations. They make measurements and follow procedures to collect and formal measurements and follow procedures to collect present observations in a way that helps to answer the and present observations in a way that helps to answer investigation questions. Students suggest possible the investigation questions. Students suggest possible reasons for their findings. They describe how safety and reasons for their findings. They describe how safety and fairness were considered in their investigations. They fairness were considered in their investigations. They use diagrams and other representations to use diagrams and other representations to communicate their ideas. communicate their ideas. Term 4 Biological sciences Living things can be grouped on the basis of observable features and can be distinguished from non-living things (ACSSU044) Nature and development of science Science involves making predictions and describing patterns and relationships (ACSHE050) Use and influence of science Science knowledge helps people to understand the effect of their actions (ACSHE051) Questioning and predicting With guidance, identify questions in familiar contexts that can be investigated scientifically and predict what might happen based on prior knowledge (ACSIS053) Planning and Conducting Suggest ways to plan and conduct investigations to find answers to questions (ACSIS054) Safely use appropriate materials, tools or equipment to make and record observations, using formal measurements and digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS055) Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods including tables and simple column graphs to represent data and to identify patterns and trends (ACSIS057) Compare results with predictions, suggesting possible reasons for findings (ACSIS215) Evaluating Reflect on the investigation, including whether a test was fair or not (ACSIS058) Communicating Represent and communicate ideas and findings in a variety of ways such as diagrams, physical representations and simple reports (ACSIS060) By the end of Year 3, students use their understanding of the movement of the Earth, materials and the behaviour of heat to suggest explanations for everyday observations They describe features common to living things. They describe how they can use science investigations to respond to questions and identify where people use science knowledge in their lives. Students use their experiences to pose questions and predict the outcomes of investigations. They make formal measurements and follow procedures to collect and present observations in a way that helps to answer the investigation questions. Students suggest possible reasons for their findings. They describe how safety and fairness were considered in their investigations. They use diagrams and other representations to communicate their ideas. YEAR 4 SCIENCE Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Science Understanding Earth and space sciences Earth’s surface changes over time as a result of natural processes and human activity (ACSSU075) Biological sciences Living things have life cycles (ACSSU072) Living things, including plants and animals, depend on each other and the environment to survive (ACSSU073) Chemical sciences Natural and processed materials have a range of physical properties; These properties can influence their use (ACSSU074) Physical sciences Forces can be exerted by one object on another through direct contact or from a distance (ACSSU076) Nature and development of science Science involves making predictions and describing patterns and relationships (ACSHE061 )Use and influence of science Science knowledge helps people to understand the effect of their actions (ACSHE062) Nature and development of science Science involves making predictions and describing patterns and relationships (ACSHE061) Use and influence of science Science knowledge helps people to understand the effect of their actions (ACSHE062) Questioning and predicting With guidance, identify questions in familiar contexts that can be investigated scientifically and predict what might happen based on prior knowledge (ACSIS064) Planning and Conducting Suggest ways to plan and conduct investigations to find answers to questions (ACSIS065) Safely use appropriate materials, tools or equipment to make and record observations, using formal measurements and digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS066) Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods including tables and simple column graphs to represent data and to identify patterns and trends (ACSIS068) Compare results with predictions, suggesting possible reasons for findings (ACSIS216) Evaluating Reflect on the investigation, including whether a test was fair or not (ACSIS069) Communicating Represent and communicate ideas and findings in a variety of ways such as diagrams, physical representations and simple reports (ACSIS071) Questioning and predicting Questioning and predicting With guidance, identify questions in familiar contexts that With guidance, identify questions in familiar contexts that can be investigated scientifically and predict what might can be investigated scientifically and predict what might happen based on prior knowledge (ACSIS064) happen based on prior knowledge (ACSIS064) Planning and Conducting Planning and Conducting Suggest ways to plan and conduct investigations to find Suggest ways to plan and conduct investigations to find answers to questions (ACSIS065) answers to questions (ACSIS065) Safely use appropriate materials, tools or equipment to make Safely use appropriate materials, tools or equipment to make and record observations, using formal measurements and and record observations, using formal measurements and digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS066) digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS066) Processing and analysing data and information Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods including tables and simple column Use a range of methods including tables and simple column graphs to represent data and to identify patterns and trends graphs to represent data and to identify patterns and trends (ACSIS068) (ACSIS068) Compare results with predictions, suggesting possible Compare results with predictions, suggesting possible reasons for findings (ACSIS216) reasons for findings (ACSIS216) Evaluating Evaluating Reflect on the investigation, including whether a test was fair Reflect on the investigation, including whether a test was fair or not (ACSIS069) or not (ACSIS069) Communicating Communicating Represent and communicate ideas and findings in a variety of Represent and communicate ideas and findings in a variety of ways such as diagrams, physical representations and simple ways such as diagrams, physical representations and simple reports (ACSIS071) reports (ACSIS071) Achievement Standard Questioning and predicting With guidance, identify questions in familiar contexts that can be investigated scientifically and predict what might happen based on prior knowledge (ACSIS064) Planning and Conducting Suggest ways to plan and conduct investigations to find answers to questions (ACSIS065) Safely use appropriate materials, tools or equipment to make and record observations, using formal measurements and digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS066) Processing and analysing data and information Use a range of methods including tables and simple column graphs to represent data and to identify patterns and trends (ACSIS068) Compare results with predictions, suggesting possible reasons for findings (ACSIS216) Evaluating Reflect on the investigation, including whether a test was fair or not (ACSIS069) Communicating Represent and communicate ideas and findings in a variety of ways such as diagrams, physical representations and simple reports (ACSIS071) By the end of Year 4, students apply the observable properties of materials to explain how objects and materials can be used. They use contact and noncontact forces to describe interactions between objects. They discuss how natural and human processes cause changes to the Earth's surface. They describe relationships that assist the survival of living things and sequence key stages in the life cycle of a plant or animal. They identify when science is used to ask questions and make predictions. By the end of Year 4, students apply the observable properties of materials to explain how objects and materials can be used. They use contact and noncontact forces to describe interactions between objects. They discuss how natural and human processes cause changes to the Earth's surface. They describe relationships that assist the survival of living things and sequence key stages in the life cycle of a plant or animal. They identify when science is used to ask questions and make By the end of Year 4, students apply the observable properties of materials to explain how objects and materials can be used. They use contact and noncontact forces to describe interactions between objects. They discuss how natural and human processes cause changes to the Earth's surface. They describe relationships that assist the survival of living things and sequence key stages in the life cycle of a plant or animal. They identify when science is used to ask questions and make predictions. Science as a Human Endeavour Nature and development of science Science involves making predictions and describing patterns and relationships (ACSHE061 Use and influence of science Science knowledge helps people to understand the effect of their actions (ACSHE062) Nature and development of science Science involves making predictions and describing patterns and relationships (ACSHE061 Use and influence of science Science knowledge helps people to understand the effect of their actions (ACSHE062) Science Inquiry Skills By the end of Year 4, students apply the observable properties of materials to explain how objects and materials can be used. They use contact and noncontact forces to describe interactions between objects. They discuss how natural and human processes cause changes to the Earth's surface. They describe relationships that assist the survival of living things and sequence key stages in the life cycle of a plant or animal. They identify when science is used to ask questions and make predictions. They describe situations where science understanding can influence their own and others' actions. Students follow instructions to identify investigable questions about familiar contexts and predict likely outcomes from investigations. They discuss ways to conduct investigations and safely use equipment to make and record observations. They use provided tables and simple column graphs to organise their data and identify patterns in data. Students suggest explanations for observations and compare their findings with their predictions. They suggest reasons why their methods were fair or not. They complete simple reports to communicate their methods and findings predictions. They describe situations where science understanding can influence their own and others' actions. Students follow instructions to identify investigable questions about familiar contexts and predict likely outcomes from investigations. They discuss ways to conduct investigations and safely use equipment to make and record observations. They use provided tables and simple column graphs to organise their data and identify patterns in data. Students suggest explanations for observations and compare their findings with their predictions. They suggest reasons why their methods were fair or not. They complete simple reports to communicate their methods and findings. They describe situations where science understanding can influence their own and others' actions. Students follow instructions to identify investigable questions about familiar contexts and predict likely outcomes from investigations. They discuss ways to conduct investigations and safely use equipment to make and record observations. They use provided tables and simple column graphs to organise their data and identify patterns in data. Students suggest explanations for observations and compare their findings with their predictions. They suggest reasons why their methods were fair or not. They complete simple reports to communicate their methods and findings. They describe situations where science understanding can influence their own and others' actions. Students follow instructions to identify investigable questions about familiar contexts and predict likely outcomes from investigations. They discuss ways to conduct investigations and safely use equipment to make and record observations. They use provided tables and simple column graphs to organise their data and identify patterns in data. Students suggest explanations for observations and compare their findings with their predictions. They suggest reasons why their methods were fair or not. They complete simple reports to communicate their methods and findings. YEAR 5 SCIENCE Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Survival in the Australian environment Our place in the solar system Now you see it Matter matters Science Understanding Biological sciences Living things have structural features and adaptations that help them to survive in their environment (ACSSU043) Earth and space sciences The Earth is part of a system of planets orbiting around a star (the sun) (ACSSU078) Physical sciences Light from a source forms shadows and can be absorbed, reflected and refracted (ACSSU080) Chemical sciences Solids, liquids and gases have different observable properties and behave in different ways (ACSSU077) Science as a Human Endeavour Use and influence of science Scientific understandings, discoveries and inventions are used to solve problems that directly affect peoples’ lives (ACSHE081) Nature and development of science Important contributions to the advancement of science have been made by people from a range of cultures (ACSHE082) Scientific knowledge is used to inform personal and community decisions (ACSHE083) Questioning and predicting With guidance, pose questions to clarify practical problems or inform a scientific investigation, and predict what the findings of an investigation might be (ACSIS231) Planning and Conducting With guidance, plan appropriate investigation methods to answer questions or solve problems (ACSIS086) Processing and analysing data and information Construct and use a range of representations, including tables and graphs, to represent and describe observations, patterns or relationships in data using digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS090) Compare data with predictions and use as evidence in developing explanations (ACSIS218) Evaluating Suggest improvements to the methods used to investigate a question or solve a problem (ACSIS091) Communicating Communicate ideas, explanations and processes in a variety of ways, including multi-modal texts (ACSIS093) Use and influence of science Use and influence of science Scientific understandings, discoveries and inventions Scientific understandings, discoveries and inventions are used to solve problems that directly affect peoples’ are used to solve problems that directly affect peoples’ lives (ACSHE081) lives (ACSHE081) Nature and development of science Nature and development of science Important contributions to the advancement of science Important contributions to the advancement of science have been made by people from a range of cultures have been made by people from a range of cultures (ACSHE082) (ACSHE082) Scientific knowledge is used to inform personal and Scientific knowledge is used to inform personal and community decisions (ACSHE083) community decisions (ACSHE083) Science Inquiry Skills Questioning and predicting Questioning and predicting With guidance, pose questions to clarify practical With guidance, pose questions to clarify practical problems or inform a scientific investigation, and problems or inform a scientific investigation, and predict what the findings of an investigation might be predict what the findings of an investigation might be (ACSIS231) (ACSIS231) Planning and Conducting Planning and Conducting With guidance, plan appropriate investigation methods With guidance, plan appropriate investigation methods to answer questions or solve problems (ACSIS086) to answer questions or solve problems (ACSIS086) Decide which variable should be changed and measured Decide which variable should be changed and measured in fair tests and accurately observe, measure and record in fair tests and accurately observe, measure and record data, using digital technologies as appropriate data, using digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS087) (ACSIS087) Use equipment and materials safely, identifying Use equipment and materials safely, identifying potential risks (ACSIS088) potential risks (ACSIS088) Processing and analysing data and information Processing and analysing data and information Construct and use a range of representations, including Construct and use a range of representations, including tables and graphs, to represent and describe tables and graphs, to represent and describe observations, patterns or relationships in data using observations, patterns or relationships in data using digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS090) digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS090) Compare data with predictions and use as evidence in Compare data with predictions and use as evidence in developing explanations (ACSIS218) developing explanations (ACSIS218) Evaluating Communicating Suggest improvements to the methods used to Communicate ideas, explanations and processes in a investigate a question or solve a problem (ACSIS091) variety of ways, including multi-modal texts (ACSIS093) Communicating Communicate ideas, explanations and processes in a variety of ways, including multi-modal texts (ACSIS093) Use and influence of science Scientific understandings, discoveries and inventions are used to solve problems that directly affect peoples’ lives (ACSHE081) Nature and development of science Important contributions to the advancement of science have been made by people from a range of cultures (ACSHE082) Scientific knowledge is used to inform personal and community decisions (ACSHE083) Questioning and predicting With guidance, pose questions to clarify practical problems or inform a scientific investigation, and predict what the findings of an investigation might be (ACSIS231) Planning and Conducting With guidance, plan appropriate investigation methods to answer questions or solve problems (ACSIS086) Decide which variable should be changed and measured in fair tests and accurately observe, measure and record data, using digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS087) Use equipment and materials safely, identifying potential risks (ACSIS088) Processing and analysing data and information Construct and use a range of representations, including tables and graphs, to represent and describe observations, patterns or relationships in data using digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS090) Compare data with predictions and use as evidence in developing explanations (ACSIS218) Evaluating Suggest improvements to the methods used to investigate a question or solve a problem (ACSIS091) Communicating Communicate ideas, explanations and processes in a variety of ways, including multi-modal texts (ACSIS093) Achievement Standard By the end of Year 5, students classify substances according to their observable properties and behaviours. They explain everyday phenomena associated with the transfer of light. They describe the key features of our solar system. They analyse how the form of living things enables them to function in their environments. Students discuss how scientific developments have affected people's lives and how science knowledge develops from many people's contributions. By the end of Year 5, students classify substances according to their observable properties and behaviours. They explain everyday phenomena associated with the transfer of light. They describe the key features of our solar system. They analyse how the form of living things enables them to function in their environments. Students discuss how scientific developments have affected people's lives and how science knowledge develops from many people's contributions. By the end of Year 5, students classify substances according to their observable properties and behaviours. They explain everyday phenomena associated with the transfer of light. They describe the key features of our solar system. They analyse how the form of living things enables them to function in their environments. Students discuss how scientific developments have affected people's lives and how science knowledge develops from many people's contributions. By the end of Year 5, students classify substances according to their observable properties and behaviours. They explain everyday phenomena associated with the transfer of light. They describe the key features of our solar system. They analyse how the form of living things enables them to function in their environments. Students discuss how scientific developments have affected people's lives and how science knowledge develops from many people's contributions. Students follow instructions to pose questions for investigation, predict what might happen when variables are changed, and plan investigation methods. They use equipment in ways that are safe and improve the accuracy of their observations. Students construct tables and graphs to organise data and identify patterns. They use patterns in their data to suggest explanations and refer to data when they report findings. They describe ways to improve the fairness of their methods and communicate their ideas, methods and findings using a range of text types. Students follow instructions to pose questions for investigation, predict what might happen when variables are changed, and plan investigation methods. They use equipment in ways that are safe and improve the accuracy of their observations. Students construct tables and graphs to organise data and identify patterns. They use patterns in their data to suggest explanations and refer to data when they report findings. They describe ways to improve the fairness of their methods and communicate their ideas, methods and findings using a range of text types. Students follow instructions to pose questions for investigation, predict what might happen when variables are changed, and plan investigation methods. They use equipment in ways that are safe and improve the accuracy of their observations. Students construct tables and graphs to organise data and identify patterns. They use patterns in their data to suggest explanations and refer to data when they report findings. They describe ways to improve the fairness of their methods and communicate their ideas, methods and findings using a range of text types. Students follow instructions to pose questions for investigation, predict what might happen when variables are changed, and plan investigation methods. They use equipment in ways that are safe and improve the accuracy of their observations. Students construct tables and graphs to organise data and identify patterns. They use patterns in their data to suggest explanations and refer to data when they report findings. They describe ways to improve the fairness of their methods and communicate their ideas, methods and findings, using a range of text types. YEAR 6 SCIENCE Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Making changes – comparing reactions Power up – electricity usage down Our changing world Life on Earth Science Understanding Chemical sciences Changes to materials can be reversible, such as melting, freezing, evaporating; or irreversible, such as burning and rusting (ACSSU095) Nature and development of science Science involves testing predictions by gathering data and using evidence to develop explanations of events and phenomena (ACSHE098) Use and influence of science Scientific understandings, discoveries and inventions are used to solve problems that directly affect peoples’ lives (ACSHE100) Questioning and predicting With guidance, pose questions to clarify practical problems or inform a scientific investigation, and predict what the findings of an investigation might be (ACSIS232) Planning and Conducting With guidance, plan appropriate investigation methods to answer questions or solve problems (ACSIS103) Decide which variable should be changed and measured in fair tests and accurately observe, measure and record data, using digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS104) Use equipment and materials safely, identifying potential risks (ACSIS105) Processing and analysing data and information Construct and use a range of representations, including tables and graphs, to represent and describe observations, patterns or relationships in data using digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS107) Compare data with predictions and use as evidence in developing explanations (ACSIS221) Evaluating Suggest improvements to the methods used to investigate a question or solve a problem (ACSIS108) Communicating Communicate ideas, explanations and processes in a variety of ways, including multi-modal texts (ACSIS110) Physical sciences Earth and space sciences Electrical circuits provide a means of transferring and Sudden geological changes or extreme weather transforming electricity (ACSSU097) conditions can affect Earth’s surface (ACSSU096) Energy from a variety of sources can be used to generate electricity (ACSSU219) Science as a Human Endeavour Nature and development of science Nature and development of science Science involves testing predictions by gathering data and Science involves testing predictions by gathering data and using evidence to develop explanations of events and using evidence to develop explanations of events and phenomena (ACSHE098) phenomena (ACSHE098) Use and influence of science Important contributions to the advancement of science Scientific understandings, discoveries and inventions are have been made by people from a range of cultures used to solve problems that directly affect peoples’ lives (ACSHE099) (ACSHE100) Use and influence of science Scientific knowledge is used to inform personal and Scientific knowledge is used to inform personal and community decisions (ACSHE220) community decisions (ACSHE220) Science Inquiry Skills Questioning and predicting Questioning and predicting With guidance, pose questions to clarify practical With guidance, pose questions to clarify practical problems or inform a scientific investigation, and predict problems or inform a scientific investigation, and predict what the findings of an investigation might be (ACSIS232) what the findings of an investigation might be (ACSIS232) Planning and Conducting Planning and Conducting Use equipment and materials safely, identifying potential Use equipment and materials safely, identifying potential risks (ACSIS105) risks (ACSIS105) Processing and analysing data and information Processing and analysing data and information Construct and use a range of representations, including Construct and use a range of representations, including tables and graphs, to represent and describe tables and graphs, to represent and describe observations, patterns or relationships in data using observations, patterns or relationships in data using digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS107) digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS107) Compare data with predictions and use as evidence in Compare data with predictions and use as evidence in developing explanations (ACSIS221) developing explanations (ACSIS221) Communicating Communicating Communicate ideas, explanations and processes in a Communicate ideas, explanations and processes in a variety of ways, including multi-modal texts (ACSIS110) variety of ways, including multi-modal texts (ACSIS110) Biological sciences The growth and survival of living things are affected by the physical conditions of their environment (ACSSU094) Nature and development of science Science involves testing predictions by gathering data and using evidence to develop explanations of events and phenomena (ACSHE098) Important contributions to the advancement of science have been made by people from range cultures (ACSHE099) Use and influence of science Scientific u’dings, discoveries and inventions are used to solve problems that directly affect peoples’ lives (ACSHE100) Scientific knowledge is used to inform personal and community decisions (ACSHE220) Questioning and predicting With guidance, pose questions to clarify practical problems or inform a scientific investigation, and predict what the findings of an investigation might be (ACSIS232) Planning and Conducting With guidance, plan appropriate investigation methods to answer questions or solve problems (ACSIS103) Decide which variable should be changed and measured in fair tests and accurately observe, measure and record data, using digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS104) Use equipment and materials safely, identifying potential risks (ACSIS105) Processing and analysing data and information Construct and use a range of representations, including tables and graphs, to represent and describe observations, patterns or relationships in data using digital technologies as appropriate (ACSIS107) Compare data with predictions and use as evidence in developing explanations (ACSIS221) Communicating Communicate ideas, explanations and processes in a variety of ways, including multi-modal texts (ACSIS110) Achievement Standard By the end of Year 6, students compare and classify different types of observable changes to materials. They analyse requirements for the transfer of electricity and describe how energy can be transformed from one form to another to generate electricity. They explain how natural events cause rapid change to the Earth's surface. They describe and predict the effect of environmental changes on individual living things. Students explain how scientific knowledge is used in decision making and identify contributions to the development of science by people from a range of cultures. By the end of Year 6, students compare and classify different types of observable changes to materials. They analyse requirements for the transfer of electricity and describe how energy can be transformed from one form to another to generate electricity. They explain how natural events cause rapid change to the Earth's surface. They describe and predict the effect of environmental changes on individual living things. Students explain how scientific knowledge is used in decision making and identify contributions to the development of science by people from a range of cultures. By the end of Year 6, students compare and classify different types of observable changes to materials. They analyse requirements for the transfer of electricity and describe how energy can be transformed from one form to another to generate electricity. They explain how natural events cause rapid change to the Earth's surface. They describe and predict the effect of environmental changes on individual living things. Students explain how scientific knowledge is used in decision making and identify contributions to the development of science by people from a range of cultures. Students follow procedures to develop investigable questions and design investigations into simple cause and effect relationships. They identify variables to be changed and measured and describe potential safety risks when planning methods. They collect, organise and interpret their data, identifying where improvements to their methods or research could improve the data. They describe and analyse relationships in data using graphic representations and construct multimodal texts to communicate ideas, methods and findings. Students follow procedures to develop investigable questions and design investigations into simple cause and effect relationships. They identify variables to be changed and measured and describe potential safety risks when planning methods. They collect, organise and interpret their data, identifying where improvements to their methods or research could improve the data. They describe and analyse relationships in data using graphic representations and construct multimodal texts to communicate ideas, methods and findings. Students follow procedures to develop investigable questions and design investigations into simple cause and effect relationships. They identify variables to be changed and measured and describe potential safety risks when planning methods. They collect, organise and interpret their data, identifying where improvements to their methods or research could improve the data. They describe and analyse relationships in data using graphic representations and construct multimodal texts to communicate ideas, methods and findings. By the end of Year 6, students compare and classify different types of observable changes to materials. They analyse requirements for the transfer of electricity and describe how energy can be transformed from one form to another to generate electricity. They explain how natural events cause rapid change to the Earth's surface. They describe and predict the effect of environmental changes on individual living things. Students explain how scientific knowledge is used in decision making and identify contributions to the development of science by people from a range of cultures. Students follow procedures to develop investigable questions and design investigations into simple cause-andeffect relationships. They identify variables to be changed and measured and describe potential safety risks when planning methods. They collect, organise and interpret their data, identifying where improvements to their methods or research could improve the data. They describe and analyse relationships in data using graphic representations and construct multimodal texts to communicate ideas, methods and findings Australian Curriculum SCIENCE – Scope and Sequence Chemical sciences Earth and space sciences Nature and development of science Use and influence of science Science as a Human Endeavour Physical sciences Science Understanding Biological sciences Strand SubStrands Prep (Foundation Year) Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Living things have basic needs, including food and water Living things have a variety of external features Living things live in different places where their needs are met Living things grow, change and have offspring similar to themselves Living things can be grouped on the basis of observable features and can be distinguished from non-living things Living things have life cycles Living things, including plants and animals, depend on each other and the environment to survive Living things have structural features and adaptations that help them to survive in their environment The growth and survival of living things are affected by the physical conditions of their environment Objects are made of materials that have observable properties Everyday materials can be physically changed in a variety of ways Different materials can be combined, including by mixing, for a particular purpose A change of state between solid and liquid can be caused by adding or removing heat Natural and processed materials have a range of physical properties; these properties can influence their use Solids, liquids and gases have different observable properties and behave in different ways Changes to materials can be reversible, such as melting, freezing, evaporating; or irreversible, such as burning and rusting Daily and seasonal changes in our environment, including the weather, affect everyday life Observable changes occur in the sky and landscape Earth’s resources, including water, are used in a variety of ways Earth’s rotation on its axis causes regular changes, including night and day Earth’s surface changes over time as a result of natural processes and human activity The Earth is part of a system of planets orbiting around a star (the sun) Sudden geological changes or extreme weather conditions can affect Earth’s surface The way objects move depends on a variety of factors, including their size and shape Light and sound are produced by a range of sources and can be sensed A push or a pull affects how an object moves or changes shape Heat can be produced in many ways and can move from one object to another Forces can be exerted by one object on another through direct contact or from a distance Light from a source forms shadows and can be absorbed, reflected and refracted Electrical circuits provide a means of transferring and transforming electricity Energy from a variety of sources can be used to generate electricity Science involves exploring and observing the world using the senses Science involves asking questions about, and describing changes in, objects and events Science involves making predictions and describing patterns and relationships Science involves testing predictions by gathering data and using evidence to develop explanations of events and phenomena Important contributions to the advancement of science have been made by people from a range of cultures People use science in their daily lives, including when caring for their environment and living things Science knowledge helps people to understand the effect of their actions Scientific understandings, discoveries and inventions are used to solve problems that directly affect peoples’ lives Scientific knowledge is used to inform personal and community decisions Processing and analysing data and information Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Respond to questions about familiar objects and events Respond to and pose questions, and make predictions about familiar objects and events With guidance, identify questions in familiar contexts that an be investigated scientifically and predict what might happen based on prior knowledge With guidance, pose questions to clarify practical problems or inform a scientific investigation, and predict what the findings of an investigation might be Explore and make observations by using the senses Participate in different types of guided investigations to explore and answer questions, such as manipulating materials, testing ideas, and accessing information sources Use informal measurements in the collection and recording of observations, with the assistance of digital technologies as appropriate Suggest ways to plan and conduct investigations to find answers to questions Safely use appropriate materials, tools or equipment to make and record observations, using formal measurements and digital technologies as appropriate With guidance, plan appropriate investigation methods to answer questions or solve problems Decide which variable should be changed and measured in fair tests and accurately observe, measure and record data, using digital technologies as appropriate Use equipment and materials safely, identifying potential risks Engage in discussions about observations and use methods such as drawing to represent ideas Use a range of methods to sort information, including drawings and provided tables Through discussion, compare observations with predictions Use a range of methods including tables and simple column graphs to represent data and to identify patterns and trends Compare results with predictions, suggesting possible reasons for findings Construct and use a range of representations, including tables and graphs, to represent and describe observations, patterns or relationships in data using digital technologies as appropriate Compare data with predictions and use as evidence in developing explanations Compare observations with those of others Reflect on the investigation, including whether a test was fair or not Suggest improvements to the methods used to investigate a question or solve a problem Represent and communicate observations and ideas in a variety of ways such as oral and written language, drawing and role play Represent and communicate ideas and findings in a variety of ways such as diagrams, physical representations and simple reports Communicate ideas, explanations and processes in a variety of ways, including multi-modal texts Evaluating Communicating Science Inquiry Skills Planning and conducting Questioning and predicting Prep (Foundation Year) Share observations and ideas Humanities and Social Sciences The Australian Curriculum: History employs a skills and inquiry-based model of teaching. The skills of historical inquiry are developed through teacher-directed and student-centred learning, enabling students to pose and investigate questions with increasing initiative, self-direction and expertise. In the teaching of history there should not be an artificial separation of content and process, nor a focus on historical method at the expense of historical knowledge… …Students’ interest in and enjoyment of history is enhanced through a range of different approaches such as the use of artefacts, museums, historical sites, hands-on activities and archives. Historical narrative is used so that students experience the ‘story’ in history, and this can be extended to investigations of cause and consequence, historical significance and contestability. Connections are made where appropriate between past and present events and circumstances to make learning more meaningful for students and to help students make sense of key ideas. [Australian Curriculum: History] The Australian Curriculum: Geography emphasises inquiry-based learning and teaching. Opportunities for student-led questioning and investigation should be provided at all stages of schooling. The curriculum should also provide opportunities for fieldwork at all stages, as this is an essential component of geographical learning. Fieldwork is any activity involving the observation and recording of information outside the classroom. It could be within the school grounds, around neighbouring areas, or in more distant locations. These teaching and learning methods should be supported by forms of assessment that enable students to demonstrate their ability to think geographically and apply geographical skills. Students’ enthusiasm for geographical learning should be stimulated by a wide variety of activities, for example, field trips, interpretation of remotely sensed images, reading literary accounts of places, listening to traditional accounts, statistical analysis, role plays and class debates. Learning activities should also emphasise the ability to understand, explain, appreciate and use knowledge, rather than simply reproduce it. The learning of skills should be made meaningful by using them to answer questions or communicate information. This will help to connect the two strands of the curriculum. [Australian Curriculum: Geography] At Windsor State School, History is taught in Semester 1 and Geography is taught in Semester 2. It is expected that students constantly engage with, and apply, the Historical Skills and Geographical Inquiry and Skills throughout their respective semester. History and Geography assessment at Windsor State School involves both formative and summative modes. Formative assessment is used to monitor learning, provide feedback and to inform teaching. Summative assessment is used to make reportable judgements on the students’ demonstration of the content descriptors and the Achievement Standards. On-balanced judgements are made using Guide to Making Judgements continua. PREP HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES HISTORY GEOGRAPHY Term 1 Term 2 Exploring fabulous families Tell me a story about the past Term 3 Term 4 What is my place like? How do we care for special places? Year Level Focus Personal and Family Histories People Live in Places Key Concepts Continuity and Change Cause and Effect Perspectives What is my history and how do I know? Who the people in their family are, where they were born and raised and how they are related to each other (ACHHK001) The different structures of families and family groups today, and what they have in common (ACHHK002) Chronology, Terms and Concepts Sequence familiar objects and events (ACHHS015) Distinguish between the past, present and future (ACHHS016) Historical Questions and Research Pose questions about the past using sources provided (ACHHS017) Analysis and use of Sources Explore a range of sources about the past (ACHHS018) Identify and compare features of objects from the past and present (ACHHS019) Perspectives and Interpretations Explore a point of view (ACHHS020) Explanation and Communication Develop a narrative about the past (ACHHS021) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written, role play) and digital technologies (ACHHS022) Empathy Significance At a personal and local scale: Place Key Inquiry Questions What are places like? What stories do other people tell about the past? How can stories of the past be told and shared? Knowledge and Understanding How they, their family and friends commemorate The representation of the location of places and past events that are important to them (ACHHK003) their features on maps and a globe (ACHGK001) How the stories of families and the past can be The places people live in and belong to, their communicated, for example through photographs, familiar features and why they are important to artefacts, books, oral histories, digital media, and people (ACHGK002) museums (ACHHK004) The Countries/Places that Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples belong to in the local area and why they are important to them (ACHGK003) Chronology, Terms and Concepts Sequence familiar objects and events (ACHHS015) Distinguish between the past, present and future (ACHHS016) Historical Questions and Research Pose questions about the past using sources provided (ACHHS017) Analysis and use of Sources Explore a range of sources about the past (ACHHS018) Identify and compare features of objects from the past and present (ACHHS019) Perspectives and Interpretations Explore a point of view (ACHHS020) Explanation and Communication Develop a narrative about the past (ACHHS021) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written, role play) and digital technologies (ACHHS022) Skills Observing, Questioning and Planning Make observations about familiar places and pose questions about them (ACHGS001) Collecting, Recording, Evaluating and Representing Record geographical data and information collected by observation (ACHGS002) Represent the location of features of a familiar place on pictorial maps and models (ACHGS003) Interpreting, Analysing and Concluding Draw conclusions based on discussions of observations (ACHGS004) Communicating Present information using everyday language to describe location and direction (ACHGS005) Reflecting and Responding Reflect on their learning to suggest ways that they can look after a familiar place (ACHGS006) Space Environment What makes a place special? How can we look after the places we live in? The places people live in and belong to, their familiar features and why they are important to people (ACHGK002) The Countries/Places that Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples belong to in the local area and why they are important to them (ACHGK003) The reasons why some places are special to people, and how they can be looked after (ACHGK004) Observing, Questioning and Planning Make observations about familiar places and pose questions about them (ACHGS001) Collecting, Recording, Evaluating and Representing Record geographical data and information collected by observation (ACHGS002) Represent the location of features of a familiar place on pictorial maps and models (ACHGS003) Interpreting, Analysing and Concluding Draw conclusions based on discussions of observations (ACHGS004) Communicating Present information using everyday language to describe location and direction (ACHGS005) Reflecting and Responding Reflect on their learning to suggest ways that they can look after a familiar place (ACHGS006) By the end of Year Prep, students identify similarities and differences between families. They recognise how important family events are commemorated. Students sequence familiar events in order. They pose questions about the past. Students relate a story about their past using a range of texts. Achievement Standard By the end of Year Prep, students identify similarities and By the end of Year Prep, students describe the features differences between families. They recognise how of familiar places and recognise why some places are important family events are commemorated. special to people. They recognise that places can be represented on maps Students sequence familiar events in order. They pose and a globe and why places are important to people. questions about the past. Students relate a story about their past using a range of texts. Students observe the familiar features of places and represent these features and their location on pictorial maps and models. They share observations in a range of texts and use everyday language to describe direction and location. Students reflect on their learning to suggest ways they can care for a familiar place By the end of Year Prep, students describe the features of familiar places and recognise why some places are special to people. They recognise that places can be represented on maps and a globe and why places are important to people. Students observe the familiar features of places and represent these features and their location on pictorial maps and models. They share observations in a range of texts and use everyday language to describe direction and location. Students reflect on their learning to suggest ways they can care for a familiar place. YEAR 1 HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES HISTORY Term 1 GEOGRAPHY Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Exploring yesterday and today – my grandparents, my At this moment in time How do people use places? What are places like? parents and me Year Level Focus Places have distinctive features Present and past family life Key Concepts Continuity and Change Cause and Effect Perspectives Empathy Significance At a personal and local scale: Place Space Environment Key Inquiry Questions How do we describe the sequence of time? How has family life changed or remained the same What are the different features of places? How can spaces within a place be rearranged to over time? suit different purposes? How can we care for places? How can we show that the present is different from or similar to the past? Knowledge and Understanding How the present, past and future are signified by Differences in family structures and roles today, The natural, managed and constructed features of The natural, managed and constructed features of terms indicating time such as ‘a long time ago’, and how these have changed or remained the same places, their location, how they change and how they places, their location, how they change and how ‘then and now’, ‘now and then’, ‘old and new’, over time (ACHHK028) can be cared for (ACHGK005) they can be cared for (ACHGK005) ‘tomorrow’, as well as by dates and changes that Differences and similarities between students' daily The ways the activities located in a place create its The weather and seasons of places and the ways in may have personal significance, such as birthdays, lives and life during their parents’ and distinctive features (ACHGK007) which different cultural groups, including celebrations and seasons (ACHHK029) grandparents’ childhoods, including family Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples, The ways that space within places, such as classroom traditions, leisure time and communications describe them (ACHGK006) or backyard, can be rearranged to suit different (ACHHK030) activities or purposes (ACHGK008) The ways the activities located in a place create its distinctive features (ACHGK007) Skills Chronology, Terms and Concepts Chronology, Terms and Concepts Observing, questioning and planning Observing, questioning and planning Sequence familiar objects and events (ACHHS031) Sequence familiar objects and events (ACHHS031) Pose questions about familiar & unfamiliar places Pose questions about familiar & unfamiliar places (ACHGS007) (ACHGS007) Distinguish between the past, present and future Distinguish between the past, present and future Collecting, recording, evaluating and representing Collecting, recording, evaluating and representing (ACHHS032) (ACHHS032) Collect and record geographical data and Collect and record geographical data and Historical Questions and Research Historical Questions and Research information, for example, by observing, by information, for example, by observing, by Pose questions about the past using sources Pose questions about the past using sources interviewing, or from sources such as photographs, interviewing, or from sources such as photographs, provided (ACHHS033) provided (ACHHS033) plans, satellite images, story books and films plans, satellite images, story books and films Analysis and use of Sources Analysis and use of Sources (ACHGS008) (ACHGS008) Explore a range of sources about the past Explore a range of sources about the past (ACHHS034) (ACHHS034) Represent data and the location of places and their Represent data and the location of places and their features by constructing tables, plans and labeled features by constructing tables, plans and labeled Identify and compare features of objects from the Identify and compare features of objects from the maps (ACHGS009) maps (ACHGS009) past and present (ACHHS035) past and present (ACHHS035) Interpreting, analysing and concluding Interpreting, analysing and concluding Perspectives and Interpretations Perspectives and Interpretations Draw conclusions based on the interpretation of Draw conclusions based on the interpretation of Explore a point of view (ACHHS036) Explore a point of view (ACHHS036) geographical information sorted into categories geographical information sorted into categories Explanation and Communication Explanation and Communication Develop a narrative about the past. (ACHHS037) Develop a narrative about the past. (ACHHS037) (ACHGS010) Communicating Present findings in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, digital and visual, Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written, role play) and digital technologies (ACHHS038) By the end of Year1, students explain how some aspects of daily life have changed over recent time while others have remained the same. They describe personal and family events that have significance. Students sequence events in order, using everyday terms about the passing of time. They pose questions about the past and examine sources (physical and visual) to suggest answers to these questions. Students relate stories about life in the past, using a range of texts. Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written, role play) and digital technologies (ACHHS038) Communicating Present findings in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, digital and visual, and describe the direction and location of places, using terms such as north, south, opposite, near, far (ACHGS011) Reflecting and responding Reflect on their learning and suggest responses to their findings (ACHGS012) Achievement Standard By the end of Year 1, students explain how some aspects By the end of Year 1, students identify and describe the of daily life have changed over recent time while others natural, managed and constructed features of places at a have remained the same. They describe personal and local scale and recognise that people describe the features family events that have significance. of places differently. They identify where features of places are located and recognise that spaces can be arranged for Students sequence events in order, using everyday different purposes. Students identify changes in features terms about the passing of time. They pose questions and describe how to care for places. about the past and examine sources (physical and visual) to suggest answers to these questions. Students Students respond to questions about familiar and unfamiliar relate stories about life in the past, using a range of places by collecting, recording and sorting information from texts. sources provided. They represent the location of different places and their features on maps and present findings in a range of texts and use everyday language to describe direction and location. They reflect on their learning to suggest ways that places can be cared for. and describe the direction and location of places, using terms such as north, south, opposite, near, far (ACHGS011) Reflecting and responding Reflect on their learning and suggest responses to their findings (ACHGS012) By the end of Year 1, students identify and describe the natural, managed and constructed features of places at a local scale and recognise that people describe the features of places differently. They identify where features of places are located and recognise that spaces can be arranged for different purposes. Students identify changes in features and describe how to care for places. Students respond to questions about familiar and unfamiliar places by collecting, recording and sorting information from sources provided. They represent the location of different places and their features on pictorial maps and present findings in a range of texts and use everyday language to describe direction and location. They reflect on their learning to suggest ways that places can be cared for. Embedded Essential Learnings Culture and Identity: Local communities have different groups with shared values and interests. Political and Economic Systems: Communities have systems to make rules and laws, govern and manage the production of goods and services. YEAR 2 HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES HISTORY GEOGRAPHY Term 1 Exploring the impact of changing technology on people’s lives Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Exploring my local community What is the story of my place? How are people and places connected? Year Level Focus The Past in the Present Continuity and Change Cause and Effect How have changes in technology shaped our daily life? Perspectives People are connected to many places Empathy Key Concepts Significance At personal and local scale: Key Inquiry Questions What aspects of the past can you see today? What do they tell us? What remains of the past are important to the local community? Why? Place What is a place? Space Environment Interconnection How are people connected to their place and other places? What factors affect my connection to places? Knowledge and Understanding The impact of changing technology on people’s lives (at home and in the ways they worked, travelled, communicated, and played in the past) (ACHHK046) Chronology, Terms and Concepts Sequence familiar objects and events (ACHHS047) Distinguish between the past, present and future (ACHHS048) Historical Questions and Research Pose questions about the past using sources provided (ACHHS049) Analysis and use of Sources Explore a range of sources about the past (ACHHS050) Identify and compare features of objects from the past and present (ACHHS051) Perspectives and Interpretations Explore a point of view (ACHHS052) Explanation and Communication Develop a narrative about the past. (ACHHS053) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written, role play) and digital technologies (ACHHS054) The history of a significant person, building, site or part of the natural environment in the local community and what it reveals about the past (ACHHK044) The importance today of an historical site of cultural or spiritual significance; for example, a community building, a landmark, a war memorial (ACHHK045) Chronology, Terms and Concepts Sequence familiar objects and events (ACHHS047) Distinguish between the past, present and future (ACHHS048) Historical Questions and Research Pose questions about the past using sources provided (ACHHS049) Analysis and use of Sources Explore a range of sources about the past (ACHHS050) Identify and compare features of objects from the past and present (ACHHS051) Perspectives and Interpretations Explore a point of view (ACHHS052) Explanation and Communication Develop a narrative about the past. (ACHHS053) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written, role play) and digital technologies (ACHHS054) The location of the major geographical divisions of the world in relation to Australia (ACHGK009) The definition of places as parts of the Earth’s surface that have been given meaning by people, and how places can be defined at a variety of scales (ACHGK010) Skills Observing, questioning and planning Pose questions about familiar and unfamiliar places (ACHGS13) Collecting, recording, evaluating and representing Collect and record geographical data and information, for example, by observing, by interviewing, or from sources such as photographs, plans, satellite images, story books and films (ACHGS014) Represent data and the location of places and their features by constructing tables, plans and labelled maps (ACHGS015) Interpreting, analysing and concluding Draw conclusions based on the interpretation of geographical information sorted into categories (ACHGS016) Communicating Present findings in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, digital and visual, and describe the direction and location of places, using The ways in which Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples maintain special connections to particular Country/Place (ACHGK011 The connections of people in Australia to other places in Australia, the countries of the Asia region, and across the world (ACHGK012) The influence of purpose, distance and accessibility on the frequency with which people visit places (ACHGK013) Observing, questioning and planning Pose questions about familiar and unfamiliar places (ACHGS13) Collecting, recording, evaluating and representing Collect and record geographical data and information, for example, by observing, by interviewing, or from sources such as photographs, plans, satellite images, story books and films (ACHGS014) Represent data and the location of places and their features by constructing tables, plans and labelled maps (ACHGS015) Interpreting, analysing and concluding Draw conclusions based on the interpretation of geographical information sorted into categories (ACHGS016) Communicating Present findings in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, digital and visual, and describe the direction and location of places, using terms such as north, south, opposite, near, far (ACHGS017) Reflecting and responding Reflect on their learning and suggest responses to their findings (ACHGS018) terms such as north, south, opposite, near, far (ACHGS017) Reflecting and responding Reflect on their learning and suggest responses to their findings (ACHGS018) Achievement Standard By the end of Year 2, students analyse aspects of daily life to identify how some have changed over recent time while others have remained the same. They describe a person, site or event of significance in the local community. By the end of Year 2, students analyse aspects of daily life to identify how some have changed over recent time while others have remained the same. They describe a person, site or event of significance in the local community. Students sequence events in order, using a range of terms related to time. They pose questions about the past and use sources provided (physical, visual, oral) to answer these questions. They compare objects from the past and present. Students develop a narrative about the past using a range of texts. Students sequence events in order, using a range of terms related to time. They pose questions about the past and use sources provided (physical, visual, oral) to answer these questions. They compare objects from the past and present. Students develop a narrative about the past using a range of texts. By the end of Year 2, students identify the features that define places and recognise that places can be described at different scales. They describe how people in different places are connected to each other and identify factors that influence these connections. Students recognise that the world can be divided into major geographical divisions. They explain why places are important to people. By the end of Year 2, students identify the features that define places and recognise that places can be described at different scales. They describe how people in different places are connected to each other and identify factors that influence these connections. Students recognise that the world can be divided into major geographical divisions. They explain why places are important to people. Students pose questions about familiar and unfamiliar places and collect information to answer these questions. They represent data and the location of places and their features in tables, plans and on labelled maps. They interpret geographical information to draw conclusions. Students present findings in a range of texts and use simple geographical terms to describe the direction and location of places. They suggest action in response to the findings of their inquiry. Students pose questions about familiar and unfamiliar places and collect information to answer these questions. They represent data and the location of places and their features in tables, plans and on labelled maps. They interpret geographical information to draw conclusions. Students present findings in a range of texts and use simple geographical terms to describe the direction and location of places. They suggest action in response to the findings of their inquiry. Embedded Essential Learnings Culture and Identity: Local communities have different groups with shared values and interests. Political and Economic Systems: Communities have systems to make rules and laws, govern and manage the production of goods and services. YEAR 3 HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES HISTORY GEOGRAPHY Term 1 Investigating celebrations, commemorations and community diversity Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Exploring continuity and change in local communities Exploring similarities and differences in places near and far Protecting places near and far Year Level Focus Community and Remembrance Places are both similar and different Key Concepts Sources Continuity and Change Cause and Effect Significance Perspectives Empathy At national, world regional and global scales: Place Change Space Environment Interconnection Sustainability Key Inquiry Questions What is the nature of the contribution made by different groups and individuals in the community? How and why do people choose to remember significant events of the past? Who lived here first and how do we know? How has our community changed? What features have been lost and what features have been retained? The role that people of diverse backgrounds have played in the development and character of the local community (ACHHK062) Days and weeks celebrated or commemorated in Australia (including Australia Day, ANZAC Day, Harmony Week, National Reconciliation Week, NAIDOC week and National Sorry Day) and the importance of symbols and emblems. (ACHHK063) Celebrations and commemorations in other places around the world; for example, Bastille Day in France, Independence Day in the USA, including those that are observed in Australia such as Chinese New Year, Christmas Day, Diwali, Easter, Hanukkah, the Moon Festival and Ramadan (ACHHK064) The importance of Country and Place to Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander peoples who belong to a local area. (This is intended to be a local area study with a focus on one Language group; however, if information or sources are not readily available, another representative area may be studied) (ACHHK060) ONE important example of change and ONE important example of continuity over time in the local community, region or state/territory; for example, in relation to the areas of transport, work, education, natural and built environments, entertainment, daily life (ACHHK061) How and why are places similar and different? What would it be like to live in a neighbouring country? How and why are places similar and different? How do people’s feelings about places influence their views about the protection of places? The similarities and differences in individuals’ and groups’ feelings and perceptions about places, and how they influence views about the protection of these places (ACHGK018) The similarities and differences between places in terms of their type of settlement demographic characteristics and the lives of the people who live there (ACHGK019) Knowledge and Understanding The representation of Australia as states and territories, and Australia’s major natural and human features (ACHGK014) The many Countries/Places of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples throughout Australia (ACHGK015) The location of Australia’s neighbouring countries and their diverse characteristics (ACHGK016) The main climate types of the world and the similarities and differences between the climates of different places (ACHGK017) Skills Chronology, Terms and Concepts Sequence historical people and events (ACHHS065) Use historical terms (ACHHS066) Historical Questions and Research Pose a range of questions about the past (ACHHS067) Identify sources (ACHHS215) Analysis and Use of Sources Locate relevant information from sources provided (ACHHS068) Perspectives and Interpretations Chronology, Terms and Concepts Sequence historical people and events (ACHHS065) Use historical terms (ACHHS066) Historical Questions and Research Pose a range of questions about the past (ACHHS067) Identify sources (ACHHS215) Analysis and Use of Sources Locate relevant information from sources provided (ACHHS068) Perspectives and Interpretations Observing, Questioning and Planning Develop geographical questions to investigate (ACHGS019) Collecting, recording, evaluating and Representing Collect and record relevant geographical data and information, for example, by observing by interviewing, conducting surveys, measuring, or from sources such as maps, photographs, satellite images, the media and the internet (ACHGS020) Represent data by constructing tables and graphs (ACHGS021) Observing, Questioning and Planning Develop geographical questions to investigate (ACHGS019) Collecting, recording, evaluating and Representing Collect and record relevant geographical data and information, for example, by observing by interviewing, conducting surveys, measuring, or from sources such as maps, photographs, satellite images, the media and the internet (ACHGS020) Represent data by constructing tables and graphs (ACHGS021) Identify different points of view (ACHHS069) Explanation and Communication Develop texts, particularly narratives (ACHHS070) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written) and digital technologies (ACHHS071) By the end of Year 3, students explain how communities changed in the past. They describe the experiences of an individual or group. They identify events and aspects of the past that have significance in the present. Students sequence events and people (their lifetime) in chronological order, with reference to key dates. They pose questions about the past and locate information from sources (written, physical, visual, oral) to answer these questions. Students develop texts, including narratives, using terms denoting time. Identify different points of view (ACHHS069) Explanation and Communication Develop texts, particularly narratives (ACHHS070) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written) and digital technologies (ACHHS071) Represent the location of places and their features by constructing large-scale maps that conform to cartographic conventions including scale, legend, title and north point, and describe their location using simple grid references, compass direction and distance (ACHGS022) Interpreting, Analysing and Concluding Interpret geographical data to identify distributions and patterns and draw conclusions (ACHGS023) Communicating Present findings in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, digital, graphic, tabular, and visual, and use geographical terminology (ACHGS024) Reflecting and Responding Reflect on their learning to propose individual action in response to a contemporary geographical challenge and identify the expected effects of the proposal (ACHGS025) Achievement Standard By the end of Year 3, students explain how communities By the end of Year 3, students describe the characteristics changed in the past. They describe the experiences of an of different places at the local scale and identify and individual or group. They identify events and aspects of describe similarities and differences between the the past that have significance in the present. characteristics of these places. They identify Students sequence events and people (their lifetime) in interconnections between people and places. They chronological order, with reference to key dates. They describe the location of selected countries and the pose questions about the past and locate information distribution of features of places. Students recognise that from sources (written, physical, visual, oral) to answer people have different perceptions of places and how this these questions. Students develop influences views on the protection of places. Students texts, including narratives, using terms denoting time pose simple geographical questions and collect information from different sources to answer these questions. They represent data in tables and simple graphs and the location of places and their characteristics on labelled maps that use the cartographic conventions of legend, title, and north point. They describe the location of places and their features using simple grid references and cardinal compass points. Students interpret geographical data to describe distributions and draw conclusions. They present findings using simple geographical terminology in a range of texts. They suggest action in response to a geographical challenge. Represent the location of places and their features by constructing large-scale maps that conform to cartographic conventions including scale, legend, title and north point, and describe their location using simple grid references, compass direction and distance (ACHGS022) Interpreting, Analysing and Concluding Interpret geographical data to identify distributions and patterns and draw conclusions (ACHGS023) Communicating Present findings in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, digital, graphic, tabular, and visual, and use geographical terminology (ACHGS024) Reflecting and Responding Reflect on their learning to propose individual action in response to a contemporary geographical challenge and identify the expected effects of the proposal (ACHGS025) By the end of Year 3, students describe the characteristics of different places at the local scale and identify and describe similarities and differences between the characteristics of these places. They identify interconnections between people and places. They describe the location of selected countries and the distribution of features of places. Students recognise that people have different perceptions of places and how this influences views on the protection of places. Students pose simple geographical questions and collect information from different sources to answer these questions. They represent data in tables and simple graphs, and the location of places and their characteristics on labelled maps that use the cartographic conventions of legend, title and north point. They describe the location of places and their features using simple grid references and cardinal compass points. Students interpret geographical data to describe distributions and draw conclusions. They present findings using simple geographical terminology in a range of texts. They suggest action in response to a geographical challenge. Embedded Essential Learnings Culture and Identity: Local communities have different groups with shared values and interests. Political and Economic Systems: Communities have systems to make rules and laws, govern and manage the production of goods and services. YEAR 4 HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES HISTORY GEOGRAPHY Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Investigating European Exploration and the Movement of People Investigating the impact of colonisation Exploring Environments and Places Using Places More Sustainably Year Level Focus First Contacts The Earth’s environment sustains all life Key Concepts Sources Continuity and Change Cause and Effect Significance Perspectives Empathy At national, world regional and global scales: Place Change Space Environment Interconnection Sustainability Key Inquiry Questions Why did the great journeys of exploration occur? Why did the Europeans settle in Australia? What was life like for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander Peoples before the arrival of the Europeans? What was the nature and consequence of contact between Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander Peoples and early traders, explorers and settlers? How does the environment support the lives of people and other living things? How do different views about the environment influence approaches to sustainability? How can people use places and environments more sustainably? Knowledge and Understanding Stories of the First Fleet, including reasons for the journey, who travelled to Australia, and their experiences following arrival. (ACHHK079) The journey(s) of AT LEAST ONE world navigator, explorer or trader up to the late eighteenth century, including their contacts with other societies and any impacts. (ACHHK078) The diversity and longevity of Australia’s first peoples and the ways Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander peoples are connected to Country and Place (land, sea, waterways and skies) and the implications for their daily lives. (ACHHK077) The nature of contact between Aboriginal people and/or Torres Strait Islanders and others, for example, the Macassans and the Europeans, and the effects of these interactions on, for example families and the environment (ACHHK080) The location of the major countries of Africa and South America in relation to Australia, and their main characteristics, including the types of natural vegetation and native animals in at least two countries from both continents (ACHGK020) The types of natural vegetation and the significance of vegetation to the environment and to people (ACHGK021) The importance of environments to animals and people, and different views on how they can be protected (ACHGK022) The importance of environments to animals and people, and different views on how they can be protected (ACHGK022) The custodial responsibility Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples have for Country/Place, and how this influences their past and present views about the use of resources (ACHGK023) The natural resources provided by the environment, and different views on how they could be used sustainably (ACHGK024) The sustainable management of waste from production and consumption (ACHGK025) Skills Chronology, Terms and Concepts Sequence historical people and events (ACHHS081) Use historical terms (ACHHS082) Historical Questions and Research Pose a range of questions about the past (ACHHS083) Identify sources (ACHHS216) Analysis and Use of Sources Locate relevant information from sources provided (ACHHS084) Perspectives and Interpretations Chronology, Terms and Concepts Sequence historical people and events (ACHHS081) Use historical terms (ACHHS082) Historical Questions and Research Pose a range of questions about the past (ACHHS083) Identify sources (ACHHS216) Analysis and Use of Sources Locate relevant information from sources provided (ACHHS084) Perspectives and Interpretations Observing, Questioning and Planning Develop geographical questions to investigate (ACHGS026) Collecting, recording, evaluating and Representing Collect and record relevant geographical data and information, for example, by observing by interviewing, conducting surveys, measuring, or from sources such as maps, photographs, satellite images, the media and the internet (ACHGS027) Represent data by constructing tables and graphs (ACHGS028) Observing, Questioning and Planning Develop geographical questions to investigate (ACHGS026) Collecting, recording, evaluating and Representing Collect and record relevant geographical data and information, for example, by observing by interviewing, conducting surveys, measuring, or from sources such as maps, photographs, satellite images, the media and the internet (ACHGS027) Represent data by constructing tables and graphs (ACHGS028) Identify different points of view (ACHHS085) Explanation and Communication Develop texts, particularly narratives (ACHHS086) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written) and digital technologies (ACHHS087) Identify different points of view (ACHHS085) Explanation and Communication Develop texts, particularly narratives (ACHHS086) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written) and digital technologies (ACHHS087) Represent the location of places and their features by constructing large-scale maps that conform to cartographic conventions including scale, legend, title and north point, and describe their location using simple grid references, compass direction and distance (ACHGS029) Interpreting, Analysing and Concluding Interpret geographical data to identify distributions and patterns and draw conclusions (ACHGS030) Communicating Present findings in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, digital, graphic, tabular, and visual, and use geographical terminology (ACHGS031) Reflecting and Responding Reflect on their learning to propose individual action in response to a contemporary geographical challenge and identify the expected effects of the proposal (ACHGS032) Represent the location of places and their features by constructing large-scale maps that conform to cartographic conventions including scale, legend, title and north point, and describe their location using simple grid references, compass direction and distance (ACHGS029) Interpreting, Analysing and Concluding Interpret geographical data to identify distributions and patterns and draw conclusions (ACHGS030) Communicating Present findings in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, digital, graphic, tabular, and visual, and use geographical terminology (ACHGS031) Reflecting and Responding Reflect on their learning to propose individual action in response to a contemporary geographical challenge and identify the expected effects of the proposal (ACHGS032) Achievement Standard By the end of Year 4, students explain how and why life changed in the past, and identify aspects of the past that remained the same. They describe the experiences of an individual or group over time. They recognise the significance of events in bringing about change. Students sequence events and people (their lifetime) in chronological order to identify key dates. They pose a range of questions about the past. They identify sources (written, physical, visual, oral), and locate information to answer these questions. They recognise different points of view. Students develop and present texts, including narratives, using historical terms By the end of Year 4, students explain how and why life changed in the past, and identify aspects of the past that remained the same. They describe the experiences of an individual or group over time. They recognise the significance of events in bringing about change. Students sequence events and people (their lifetime) in chronological order to identify key dates. They pose a range of questions about the past. They identify sources (written, physical, visual, oral), and locate information to answer these questions. They recognise different points of view. Students develop and present texts, including narratives, using historical terms. By the end of Year 4, students describe and compare the characteristics of places in different locations at the national scale. They identify and describe the interconnections between people and the environment. They describe the location of selected countries in relative terms and identify simple patterns in the distribution of features of places. Students recognise the importance of the environment and identify different views on how to respond to a geographical challenge. Students develop geographical questions to investigate and collect and record information and data from different sources to answer these questions. They represent data and the location of places and their characteristics in simple graphic forms, including largescale maps that use the cartographic conventions of scale, legend, title and north point. They describe the location of places and their features using simple grid references, compass direction and distance .Students interpret data to identify spatial distributions and simple patterns and draw conclusions. They present findings using geographical terminology in a range of texts. They propose individual action in response to a local geographical challenge and identify the expected effects of their proposed action. By the end of Year 4, students describe and compare the characteristics of places in different locations at the national scale. They identify and describe the interconnections between people and the environment. They describe the location of selected countries in relative terms and identify simple patterns in the distribution of features of places. Students recognise the importance of the environment and identify different views on how to respond to a geographical challenge. Students investigate, and collect and record information and data from different sources to answer these questions. They represent data and the location of places and their characteristics in simple graphic forms, including large-scale maps that use the cartographic conventions of scale, legend, title and north point. They describe the location of places and their features using simple grid references, compass direction and distance. Students interpret data to identify spatial distributions and simple patterns, and draw conclusions. They present findings using geographical terminology in a range of texts. They propose individual action in response to a local geographical challenge and identify the expected effects of their proposed action. Embedded Essential Learnings Culture and Identity: Communities contain cultures and groups that contribute to diversity and influence cohesion. Political and Economic Systems: Communities have developed decision-making systems that include principles and values formed over time. YEAR 5 HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES HISTORY GEOGRAPHY Term 1 Term 2 Exploring the development of British colonies Australia Investigating the colonial period in Australia Term 3 Term 4 Exploring how people and places affect one another Exploring how places are changed and managed by people Year Level Focus The Australian Colonies Factors that shape the human and environmental characteristics of places Key Concepts Sources Continuity and Change Cause and Effect Perspectives Empathy Significance At national, world regional and global scales: Place Space Environment Interconnection Sustainability Change Key Inquiry Questions What do we know about the lives of people in Australia’s colonial past and how do we know? How did an Australian colony develop over time and why? How did colonial settlement change the environment? What do we know about the lives of people in Australia’s colonial past and how do we know? What were the significant events and who were the significant people that shaped Australian colonies? How do people and environments influence one another? How can the impact of bushfires or floods on people and places be reduced? How do people influence the human characteristics of places and the management of spaces within them? Knowledge and Understanding Reasons (economic, political and social) for the establishment of British colonies in Australia after 1800. (ACHHK093) The nature of convict or colonial presence, including the factors that influenced patterns of development, aspects of the daily life of the inhabitants (including Aboriginal Peoples and Torres Strait Islander Peoples) and how the environment changed. (ACHHK094) The impact of a significant development or event on a colony; for example, frontier conflict, the gold rushes, the Eureka Stockade, internal exploration, the advent of rail, the expansion of farming, drought. (ACHHK095) The reasons people migrated to Australia from Europe and Asia, and the experiences and contributions of a particular migrant group within a colony. (ACHHK096) The role that a significant individual or group played in shaping a colony; for example, explorers, farmers, entrepreneurs, artists, writers, humanitarians, religious and political leaders, and Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander peoples. (ACHHK097) The location of the major countries of Europe and North America in relation to Australia and the influence of people on the environmental characteristics of places in at least two countries from both continents (ACHGK026) The influence of the environment on the human characteristics of a place (ACHGK028) The influence people have on the human characteristics of places and the management of spaces within them (ACHGK029) The influence of people, including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples, on the environmental characteristics of Australian places (ACHGK027) The influence people have on the human characteristics of places and the management of spaces within them (ACHGK029) The impact of bushfires or floods on environments and communities, and how people can respond (ACHGK030) Skills Chronology, terms and concepts Sequence historical people and events (ACHHS098) Use historical terms and concepts (ACHHS099) Historical questions and research Identify questions to inform an historical inquiry (ACHHS100) Identify and locate a range of relevant sources (ACHHS101) Analysis and use of sources Locate information related to inquiry questions in a range of sources (ACHHS102) Compare information from a range of sources (ACHHS103) Perspectives and interpretations Chronology, terms and concepts Sequence historical people and events (ACHHS098) Use historical terms and concepts (ACHHS099) Historical questions and research Identify questions to inform an historical inquiry (ACHHS100) Identify and locate a range of relevant sources (ACHHS101) Analysis and use of sources Locate information related to inquiry questions in a range of sources (ACHHS102) Compare information from a range of sources (ACHHS103) Perspectives and interpretations Observing, Questioning and Planning Develop geographical questions to investigate and plan an inquiry (ACHGS033) Collecting, Recording, Evaluating and Representing Collect and record relevant geographical data and information, using ethical protocols, from primary and secondary sources, for example, people, maps, plans, photographs, satellite images, statistical sources and reports (ACHGS034) Evaluate sources for their usefulness and represent data in different forms, for example, maps, plans, graphs, tables, sketches and diagrams (ACHGS035) Observing, Questioning and Planning Develop geographical questions to investigate and plan an inquiry (ACHGS033) Collecting, Recording, Evaluating and Representing Collect and record relevant geographical data and information, using ethical protocols, from primary and secondary sources, for example, people, maps, plans, photographs, satellite images, statistical sources and reports (ACHGS034) Evaluate sources for their usefulness and represent data in different forms, for example, maps, plans, graphs, tables, sketches and diagrams (ACHGS035) Identify points of view in the past and present (ACHHS104) Explanation and communication Develop texts, particularly narratives and descriptions, which incorporate source materials (ACHHS105) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written) and digital technologies (ACHHS106) Identify points of view in the past and present (ACHHS104) Explanation and communication Develop texts, particularly narratives and descriptions, which incorporate source materials (ACHHS105) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written) and digital technologies (ACHHS106) Represent the location and features of places and different types of geographical information by constructing large-scale and small-scale maps that conform to cartographic conventions, including border, source, scale, legend, title and north point, using spatial technologies as appropriate (ACHGS036) Interpreting, analysing and concluding Interpret geographical data and other information, using digital and spatial technologies as appropriate, and identify spatial distributions, patterns and trends, and infer relationships to draw conclusions (ACHGS037) Communicating Present findings and ideas in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, graphic, tabular, visual and maps; using geographical terminology and digital technologies as appropriate (ACHGS038) Reflecting and responding Reflect on their learning to propose individual and collective action in response to a contemporary geographical challenge and describe the expected effects of their proposal on different groups of people (ACHGS039) Represent the location and features of places and different types of geographical information by constructing large-scale and small-scale maps that conform to cartographic conventions, including border, source, scale, legend, title and north point, using spatial technologies as appropriate (ACHGS036) Interpreting, analysing and concluding Interpret geographical data and other information, using digital and spatial technologies as appropriate, and identify spatial distributions, patterns and trends, and infer relationships to draw conclusions (ACHGS037) Communicating Present findings and ideas in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, graphic, tabular, visual and maps; using geographical terminology and digital technologies as appropriate (ACHGS038) Reflecting and responding Reflect on their learning to propose individual and collective action in response to a contemporary geographical challenge and describe the expected effects of their proposal on different groups of people (ACHGS039) Achievement Standard By the end of Year 5, students identify the causes and effects of change on particular communities, and describe aspects of the past that remained the same. They describe the different experiences of people in the past. They describe the significance of people and events in bringing about change. Students sequence events and people (their lifetime) in chronological order, using timelines. When researching, students develop questions to frame an historical inquiry. They identify a range of sources and locate and record information related to this inquiry. They examine sources to identify points of view. Students develop, organise and present their texts, particularly narratives and descriptions, using historical terms and concepts. By the end of Year 5, students identify the causes and effects of change on particular communities, and describe aspects of the past that remained the same. They describe the different experiences of people in the past. They describe the significance of people and events in bringing about change. Students sequence events and people (their lifetime) in chronological order, using timelines. When researching, students develop questions to frame an historical inquiry. They identify a range of sources and locate and record information related to this inquiry. They examine sources to identify points of view. Students develop, organise and present their texts, particularly narratives and descriptions, using historical terms and concepts. By the end of Year 5, students explain the characteristics of places in different locations at the national scale. They describe the interconnections between people, places and environments and identify the effect of these interconnections on the characteristics of places and environments. They describe the location of selected countries in relative terms and identify spatial distributions and simple patterns in the features of places and environments. They identify alternative views on how to respond to a geographical challenge and propose a response. Students develop geographical questions to investigate and collect and record information from a range of sources to answer these questions. They represent data and the location of places and their characteristics in graphic forms, including large-scale and small-scale maps that use the cartographic conventions of border, scale, legend, title, and north point. Students interpret geographical data to identify spatial distributions, simple patterns and trends, infer relationships and draw conclusions. They present findings using geographical terminology in a range of communication forms. They propose action in response to a geographical challenge and identify the expected effects of their proposed action. By the end of Year 5, students explain the characteristics of places in different locations at the national scale. They describe the interconnections between people, places and environments and identify the effect of these interconnections on the characteristics of places and environments. They describe the location of selected countries in relative terms and identify spatial distributions and simple patterns in the features of places and environments. They identify alternative views on how to respond to a geographical challenge and propose a response. Students develop geographical questions to investigate and collect and record information from a range of sources to answer these questions. They represent data and the location of places and their characteristics in graphic forms, including large-scale and small-scale maps that use the cartographic conventions of border, scale, legend, title, and north point. Students interpret geographical data to identify spatial distributions, simple patterns and trends, infer relationships and draw conclusions. They present findings using geographical terminology in a range of communication forms. They propose action in response to a geographical challenge and identify the expected effects of their proposed action. Embedded Essential Learnings Culture and Identity: Communities contain cultures and groups that contribute to diversity and influence cohesion. Political and Economic Systems: Communities have developed decision-making systems that include principles and values formed over time. YEAR 6 HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES HISTORY GEOGRAPHY Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Investigating the development of the Australian nation Investigating the emergence of Australia as a diverse society Exploring a diverse world Exploring Australia’s connection with other countries Year Level Focus Australia as a Nation A diverse and connected world Key Concepts Sources Continuity and Change Cause and Effect Perspectives Empathy Significance At national, world regional and global scales: Place Space Environment Interconnection Sustainability Change Key Inquiry Questions Why and how did Australia become a nation? How did Australian society change throughout the twentieth century? Key figures and events that led to Australia’s Federation, including British and American influences on Australia’s system of law and government. (ACHHK113) Experiences of Australian democracy and citizenship, including the status and rights of Aboriginal people and/or Torres Strait Islanders, migrants, women, and children. (ACHHK114) Who were the people who came to Australia? Why did they come? What contribution have significant individuals and groups made to the development of Australian society? How do places, people and cultures differ across the world? What are Australia’s global connections between people and places? How do people’s connections to places affect their perception of them? Knowledge and Understanding Stories of groups of people who migrated to Australia (including from ONE Asian country) and the reasons they migrated, such as World War II and Australian migration programs since the war. (ACHHK115) The contribution of individuals and groups, including Aboriginal people and/or Torres Strait Islanders and migrants, to the development of Australian society, for example in areas such as the economy, education, science, the arts, sport. (ACHHK116) The location of the major countries of the Asia region in relation to Australia and the geographical diversity within the region (ACHGK031) Differences in the economic, demographic and social characteristics between countries across the world (ACHGK032) The world’s cultural diversity, including that of its indigenous peoples (ACHGK033) Significant events that connect people and places throughout the world (ACHGK034) The various connections Australia has with other countries and how these connections change people and places (ACHGK035) The effects that people’s connections with, and proximity to, places throughout the world have on shaping their awareness and opinion of those places (ACHGK036) Skills Chronology, terms and concepts Sequence historical people and events (ACHHS117) Use historical terms and concepts (ACHHS118) Historical questions and research Identify questions to inform an historical inquiry (ACHHS119) Identify and locate a range of relevant sources (ACHHS120) Analysis and use of sources Locate information related to inquiry questions in a range of sources (ACHHS121) Compare information from a range of sources (ACHHS122) Perspectives and interpretations Identify points of view in the past and present (ACHHS123) Chronology, terms and concepts Sequence historical people and events (ACHHS117) Use historical terms and concepts (ACHHS118) Historical questions and research Identify questions to inform an historical inquiry (ACHHS119) Identify and locate a range of relevant sources (ACHHS120) Analysis and use of sources Locate information related to inquiry questions in a range of sources (ACHHS121) Compare information from a range of sources (ACHHS122) Perspectives and interpretations Identify points of view in the past and present (ACHHS123) Observing, Questioning and Planning Develop geographical questions to investigate and plan an inquiry (ACHGS040) Collecting, Recording, Evaluating and Representing Collect and record relevant geographical data and information, using ethical protocols, from primary and secondary sources, for example, people, maps, plans, photographs, satellite images, statistical sources and reports (ACHGS041) Evaluate sources for their usefulness and represent data in different forms, for example, maps, plans, graphs, tables, sketches and diagrams (ACHGS042) Represent the location and features of places and different types of geographical information by constructing large-scale and small-scale maps that Observing, Questioning and Planning Develop geographical questions to investigate and plan an inquiry (ACHGS040) Collecting, Recording, Evaluating and Representing Collect and record relevant geographical data and information, using ethical protocols, from primary and secondary sources, for example, people, maps, plans, photographs, satellite images, statistical sources and reports (ACHGS041) Evaluate sources for their usefulness and represent data in different forms, for example, maps, plans, graphs, tables, sketches and diagrams (ACHGS042) Represent the location and features of places and different types of geographical information by constructing large-scale and small-scale maps that Explanation and communication Develop texts, particularly narratives and descriptions, which incorporate source materials (ACHHS124) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written) and digital technologies (ACHHS125) Explanation and communication Develop texts, particularly narratives and descriptions, which incorporate source materials (ACHHS124) Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written) and digital technologies (ACHHS125) conform to cartographic conventions, including border, source, scale, legend, title and north point, using spatial technologies as appropriate (ACHGS043) Interpreting, analysing and concluding Interpret geographical data and other information, using digital and spatial technologies as appropriate, and identify spatial distributions, patterns and trends, and infer relationships to draw conclusions (ACHGS044) Communicating Present findings and ideas in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, graphic, tabular, visual and maps; using geographical terminology and digital technologies as appropriate (ACHGS045) Reflecting and responding Reflect on their learning to propose individual and collective action in response to a contemporary geographical challenge and describe the expected effects of their proposal on different groups of people (ACHGS046) Achievement Standard By the end of Year 6, students identify change and continuity and describe the causes and effects of change on society. They compare the different experiences of people in the past. They explain the significance of an individual and group. Students sequence events and people (their lifetime) in chronological order, and represent time by creating timelines. When researching, students develop questions to frame an historical inquiry. They identify a range of sources and locate and compare information to answer inquiry questions. They examine sources to identify and describe points of view. Students develop texts, particularly narratives and descriptions. In developing these texts and organising and presenting their information, they use historical terms and concepts and incorporate relevant sources. By the end of Year 6, students identify change and continuity and describe the causes and effects of change on society. They compare the different experiences of people in the past. They explain the significance of an individual and group. Students sequence events and people (their lifetime) in chronological order, and represent time by creating timelines. When researching, students develop questions to frame an historical inquiry. They identify a range of sources and locate and compare information to answer inquiry questions. They examine sources to identify and describe points of view. Students develop texts, particularly narratives and descriptions. In developing these texts and organising and presenting their information, they use historical terms and concepts and incorporate relevant sources By the end of Year 6, students explain the characteristics of diverse places in different locations at different scales from local to global. They describe the interconnections between people and places, identify factors that influence these interconnections and describe how they change places and affect people. They describe the location of selected countries in absolute and relative terms and identify and compare spatial distributions and patterns among phenomena. They identify and describe alternative views on how to respond to a geographical challenge and propose a response. Students develop geographical questions to frame an inquiry. They locate relevant information from a range of sources to answer inquiry questions. They represent data and the location of places and their characteristics in different graphic forms, including large-scale and smallscale maps that use cartographic conventions of border, source, scale, legend, title and north point. Students interpret data and other information to identify and compare spatial distributions, patterns and trends, infer relationships and draw conclusions. They present findings and ideas using geographical terminology and graphic representations in a range of communication forms. They propose action in response to a geographical challenge and describe the expected effects of their proposal. Embedded Essential Learnings Culture and Identity: Cultures and identities consist of material and non-material elements and are affected by cross-cultural impacts. Political and Economic Systems: Societies and economies have systems and institutions based on principles and values. conform to cartographic conventions, including border, source, scale, legend, title and north point, using spatial technologies as appropriate (ACHGS043) Interpreting, analysing and concluding Interpret geographical data and other information, using digital and spatial technologies as appropriate, and identify spatial distributions, patterns and trends, and infer relationships to draw conclusions (ACHGS044) Communicating Present findings and ideas in a range of communication forms, for example, written, oral, graphic, tabular, visual and maps; using geographical terminology and digital technologies as appropriate (ACHGS045) Reflecting and responding Reflect on their learning to propose individual and collective action in response to a contemporary geographical challenge and describe the expected effects of their proposal on different groups of people (ACHGS046) By the end of Year 6, students explain the characteristics of diverse places in different locations at different scales from local to global. They describe the interconnections between people and places, identify factors that influence these interconnections and describe how they change places and affect people. They describe the location of selected countries in absolute and relative terms and identify and compare spatial distributions and patterns among phenomena. They identify and describe alternative views on how to respond to a geographical challenge and propose a response. Students develop geographical questions to frame an inquiry. They locate relevant information from a range of sources to answer inquiry questions. They represent data and the location of places and their characteristics in different graphic forms, including large-scale and smallscale maps that use cartographic conventions of border, source, scale, legend, title and north point. Students interpret data and other information to identify and compare spatial distributions, patterns and trends, infer relationships and draw conclusions. They present findings and ideas using geographical terminology and graphic representations in a range of communication forms. They propose action in response to a geographical challenge and describe the expected effects of their proposal. Australian Curriculum HISTORY – Scope and Sequence Sub-Strands Analysis and use of sources Explanation and communication Perspectives & interpretations Historical Skills Historical questions & research Chronology terms and concepts Strand Year 1 (Foundation Year) Year 2 Sequence historical people and events Use historical terms Pose questions about the past using sources provided Pose a range of questions about the past Year 4 Identify sources Explore a range of sources about the past Identify and compare features of objects from the past and present Explore a point of view Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written, role play) and digital technologies How can stories of the past be told and shared? Present and Past Family Life How has family life changed or remained the same over time? How can we show that the present is different from or similar to the past? How do we describe the sequence of time? Year 6 Sequence historical people and events Use historical terms and concepts Identify questions to inform an historical inquiry Identify and locate a range of relevant sources Locate relevant information from sources provided Compare information from a range of sources Identify different points of view Identify points of view in the past and present Develop texts, particularly narratives Develop texts, particularly narratives and descriptions, which incorporate source materials Develop a narrative about the past Personal and Family Histories What is my history and how do I know? Year 5 Locate information related to inquiry questions in a range of sources The Past in the Present What aspects of the past can you see today? What do they tell us? What remains of the past are important to the local community? Why? How have changes in technology shaped our daily life? Key Concepts Year 3 Sequence familiar objects and events Distinguish between the past, present and future What stories do other people tell about the past? Key Questions Historical Knowledge and Understanding Yr Level Focus Prep The content provides opportunities to develop historical understanding through key concepts including continuity and change, cause and effect, perspectives, empathy and significance. Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic ,written) and digital technologies Use a range of communication forms (oral, graphic, written) and digital technologies Community and The Australian Colonies Australia as a Nation First Contacts Remembrance Who lived here first and how Why did the great journeys What do we know about the Why and how did Australia become a do we know? of exploration occur? lives of nation? How has our community What was life like for people in Australia’s colonial How did Australian society change changed? Aboriginal and/or Torres past and how do we know? throughout the twentieth century? What features have been Strait How did an Australian Who were the people who came to lost and what features have Islander Peoples before the colony develop over time Australia? Why did they come? been retained? arrival of the Europeans? and why? What contribution have significant What is the nature of the Why did the Europeans How did colonial settlement individuals contribution made settle in Australia? change and groups made to the development by different groups and What was the nature and the environment? of Australian society? individuals in the consequence of contact What were the significant community? between Aboriginal and/or events and who were the How and why do people Torres Strait Islander significant people that choose to remember Peoples and early traders, shaped Australian colonies? significant events of the explorers and settlers? past? The content provides opportunities to develop historical understanding through key concepts including sources, continuity and change, cause and effect, perspectives, empathy and significance. Prep Who the people in their family are, where they were born and raised and how they are related to each other Knowledge and Understanding Differences in family structures and roles today, and how these have changed or remained the same over time How they, their family and friends commemorate past events that are important to them How the present, past and future are signified by terms indicating time such as ‘a long time ago’, ‘then and now’, ‘now and then’, ‘old and new’, ‘tomorrow’, as well as by dates and changes that may have personal significance, such as birthdays, celebrations and seasons How the stories of families and the past can be communicated, for example through photographs, artefacts, books, oral histories, digital media, and museums Differences and similarities between students’ daily lives and life during their parents’ and grandparents’ childhoods, including family traditions, leisure time and communications. The different structures of families and family groups today, and what they have in common Historical Knowledge and Understanding Year 1 Year 2 The history of a significant person, building, site or part of the natural environment in the local community and what it reveals about the past The importance today of an historical site of cultural or spiritual significance; for example, a community building, a landmark, a war memorial The impact of changing technology on people’s lives (at home and in the ways they worked, travelled, communicated, and played in the past) Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 The importance of Country and Place to Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander Peoples who belong to a local area. (This is intended to be a local area study with a focus on one Language group; however, if information or sources are not readily available, another representative area may be studied) ONE important example of change and ONE important example of continuity over time in the local community, region or state/ territory; for example, in relation to the areas of transport, work, education, natural and built environments, entertainment, daily life. The role that people of diverse backgrounds have played in the development and character of the local community. Days and weeks celebrated or commemorated in Australia (including Australia Day, ANZAC Day, Harmony Week, National Reconciliation Week, NAIDOC week and National Sorry Day) and the importance of symbols and emblems. Celebrations and commemorations in other places around the world, including those that are observed in Australia The diversity and longevity of Australia’s first peoples and the ways Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander Peoples are connected to Country and Place (land, sea, waterways and skies) and the implications for their daily lives. Reasons (economic, political and social) for the establishment of British colonies in Australia after 1800. Key figures and events that led to Australia’s Federation, including British and American influences on Australia’s system of law and government. The nature of a convict or colonial presence, including the factors that influenced patterns of development, aspects of the daily life of the inhabitants (including Aboriginal Peoples and Torres Strait Islanders Peoples), and how the environment changed. Experiences of Australian democracy and citizenship, including the status and rights of Aboriginal people and/or Torres Strait Islanders, migrants, women, and children Stories of groups of people who migrated to Australia (including from ONE Asian country) and the reasons they migrated, such as World War II and Australian migration programs since the war. The impact of a significant development or event on a colony; for example, frontier conflict, the gold rushes, the Eureka Stockade, internal exploration, the advent of rail, the expansion of farming, drought. The contribution of individuals and groups, including Aboriginal people and/or Torres Strait Islanders and migrants, to the development of Australian society, for example in areas such as the economy, education, science, the arts, sport. The journey(s) of AT LEAST ONE world navigator, explorer or trader up to the late eighteenth century, including their contacts with other societies and any impacts. Stories of the First Fleet, including reasons for the journey, who travelled to Australia, and their experiences following arrival. The nature of contact between Aboriginal people and/or Torres Strait Islanders and others, for example, the Macassans and the Europeans, and the effects of these interactions on, for example families and the environment. The reasons people migrated to Australia from Europe and Asia, and the experiences and contributions of a particular migrant group within a colony. The role that a significant individual or group played in shaping a colony; for example, explorers, farmers, entrepreneurs, artists, writers, humanitarians, religious and political leaders, and Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander Peoples. Year 6 Australian Curriculum GEOGRAPHY – Scope and Sequence Technology Students use their imagination and creativity to make sense of the designed world as they investigate products used in everyday situations and identify how these meet needs and wants. They develop an understanding of characteristics of a range of resources (information, materials and/ or systems). They gain an awareness of local Australian resources and how these have contributed to technology processes and products, in the past and present. They see the place of technology in people’s work and community lives. Students use the essential processes of Ways of working to develop and demonstrate their Knowledge and understanding. They work technologically, individually and collaboratively to develop creative responses to design situations. They explore the use of technology practice. They suggest and communicate design ideas based on their own experiences and investigations. They manipulate and process resources and consider what has worked well and what could be improved. They reflect on their learning and consider the uses and impacts of technology in familiar everyday situations. Students use tools and technologies, including information and communication technologies (ICTs). They explore the use of ICTs to inquire, create and communicate within technology contexts. Students demonstrate evidence of their learning over time in relation to the following assessable elements: • knowledge and understanding • investigating and designing • producing • evaluating • reflecting. The State of Queensland (Queensland Studies Authority) 2007 YEAR 2 TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY AS A HUMAN ENDEAVOUR Technology is part of our everyday lives and activities. • Products include artefacts, systems and environments e.g. designing and making a greeting card; designing a lending system to keep track of books in a library; making an environment for a pet to live in • Designs for products are influenced by purpose, audience and availability of resources e.g. forms of transport and transportation systems have changed over time; toys and games are designed to meet the needs of particular age groups • Technology and its products impact on everyday lives in different ways e.g. computers, software and mobile phones have simplified everyday activities; products, including fishing boats, rods and reels, help us catch fish; shopping trolleys carry groceries INFORMATION, MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS (resources) WAYS OF WORKING Resources are used to make products for particular purposes and contexts. Students use the essential processes of Ways of working to develop and demonstrate their Knowledge and understanding. They work technologically, individually and collaboratively to develop creative responses to design situations. • Resources have characteristics that can be matched to design requirements Students are able to: e.g. a website can be made more appealing by the use of bright colours and animations; selecting materials that will float to make a boat; characteristics of Australian plants affect the types of string and rope made by Indigenous peoples • Simple techniques and tools are used to manipulate and process resources e.g. cutting, pasting and presenting images and text on a poster; shaping clay to make a decoration • identify the purpose for design ideas • generate simple ideas for designs • communicate major features of their designs, using 2D or 3D visual representations and words • select resources, simple techniques and tools to make products • plan and sequence main steps in production procedures • make products by following production procedures to manipulate and process resources • follow guidelines to apply safe practices • evaluate products and processes by identifying what worked well, what did not and ways to improve • reflect on the uses of technology and describe the impact in everyday situations • reflect on learning to identify new understandings YEAR 3 TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY AS A HUMAN ENDEAVOUR Technology is part of our everyday lives and activities. • Products include artefacts, systems and environments e.g. designing and making a greeting card; designing a lending system to keep track of books in a library; making an environment for a pet to live in • Designs for products are influenced by purpose, audience and availability of resources e.g. forms of transport and transportation systems have changed over time; toys and games are designed to meet the needs of particular age groups • Technology and its products impact on everyday lives in different ways e.g. computers, software and mobile phones have simplified everyday activities; products, including fishing boats, rods and reels, help us catch fish; shopping trolleys carry groceries INFORMATION, MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS (RESOURCES) WAYS OF WORKING Resources are used to make products for particular purposes and contexts. Students use the essential processes of Ways of working to develop and demonstrate their Knowledge and understanding. They work technologically, individually and collaboratively to develop creative responses to design situations. • Resources have characteristics that can be matched to design requirements Students are able to: e.g. a website can be made more appealing by the use of bright colours and animations; selecting materials that will float to make a boat; characteristics of Australian plants affect the types of string and rope made by Indigenous peoples • Simple techniques and tools are used to manipulate and process resources e.g. cutting, pasting and presenting images and text on a poster; shaping clay to make a decoration • identify the purpose for design ideas • generate simple ideas for designs • communicate major features of their designs, using 2D or 3D visual representations and words • select resources, simple techniques and tools to make products • plan and sequence main steps in production procedures • make products by following production procedures to manipulate and process resources • follow guidelines to apply safe practices • evaluate products and processes by identifying what worked well, what did not and ways to improve • reflect on the uses of technology and describe the impact in everyday situations • reflect on learning to identify new understandings YEAR 4 TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY AS A HUMAN ENDEAVOUR Technology influences and impacts on people, their communities and environments. • Different ideas for designs and products are developed to meet needs and wants of people, their communities and environments e.g. playgrounds are designed for children community swimming pools are designed to cater for specific needs and all age groups community centres are designed to accommodate a range of activities • Aspects of appropriateness influence product design and production decisions e.g. team uniforms are designed to have specific functions and to look good; cultural protocols are followed when an Aboriginal person uses traditional designs on a product • The products and processes of technology can have positive or negative impacts e.g. cars are a convenient method of transportation but impact on the environment; mining for resources can contribute to a community’s economy and impact on the natural environment INFORMATION, MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS (RESOURCES) The characteristics of resources are matched with tools and techniques to make products to meet design challenges. • Resources have particular characteristics that make them more suitable for a specific purpose and context e.g. selecting and using suitable information sources to investigate a game; designing shoes and uniforms based on function and aesthetics; selecting suitable materials to create an ecofriendly compost system • Techniques and tools are selected to appropriately manipulate characteristics of resources to meet design ideas e.g. circulating information using electronic or paper means; selecting suitable equipment that conducts heat when melting resources WAYS OF WORKING Students develop their ability to work technologically by generating, assessing and communicating design ideas and by selecting, manipulating and processing resources, to individually and collaboratively design and make products. They analyse how technology and its products and processes impact on people, their environments and local communities. They reflect on their learning and evaluate products and processes. Students are able to: • identify and analyse the purpose and context for design ideas • generate design ideas that match requirements • communicate the details of their designs using 2D or 3D visual representations • select resources, techniques and tools to make products • plan production procedures by identifying and sequencing steps • make products to match design ideas by manipulating and processing resources • identify and apply safe practices • evaluate products and processes to identify strengths, limitations, effectiveness and improvements • reflect on and identify the impacts of products and processes on people and their communities • reflect on learning to identify new understandings and future applications YEAR 5 TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY AS A HUMAN ENDEAVOUR Technology influences and impacts on people, their communities and environments. • Different ideas for designs and products are developed to meet needs and wants of people, their communities and environments e.g. playgrounds are designed for children; community swimming pools are designed to cater for specific needs and all age groups; community centres are designed to accommodate a range of activities • Aspects of appropriateness influence product design and production decisions e.g. team uniforms are designed to have specific functions and to look good; cultural protocols are followed when an Aboriginal person uses traditional designs on a product • The products and processes of technology can have positive or negative impacts e.g. cars are a convenient method of transportation but impact on the environment; mining for resources can contribute to a community’s economy and impact on the natural environment INFORMATION, MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS (resources) The characteristics of resources are matched with tools and techniques to make products to meet design challenges. • Resources have particular characteristics that make them more suitable for a specific purpose and context e.g. selecting and using suitable information sources to investigate a game; designing shoes and uniforms based on function and aesthetics; selecting suitable materials to create an ecofriendly compost system • Techniques and tools are selected to appropriately manipulate characteristics of resources to meet design ideas e.g. circulating information using electronic or paper means; selecting suitable equipment that conducts heat when melting resources WAYS OF WORKING Students use the essential processes of Ways of working to develop and demonstrate their Knowledge and understanding. They develop their ability to work technologically by generating, assessing and communicating design ideas and by selecting, manipulating and processing resources, to individually and collaboratively design and make products. They analyse how technology and its products and processes impact on people, their environments and local communities. They reflect on their learning and evaluate products and processes. Students are able to: • identify and analyse the purpose and context for design ideas • generate design ideas that match requirements • communicate the details of their designs using 2D or 3D visual representations • select resources, techniques and tools to make products • plan production procedures by identifying and sequencing steps • make products to match design ideas by manipulating and processing resources • identify and apply safe practices • evaluate products and processes to identify strengths, limitations, effectiveness and improvements • reflect on and identify the impacts of products and processes on people and their communities • reflect on learning to identify new understandings and future applications YEAR 6 TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY AS A HUMAN ENDEAVOUR Technology influences and impacts on people, their communities and environments. • Design and development of products are influenced by societies’ changing needs and wants, and include artefacts, systems, environments and services e.g. telephone technologies continue to develop as lifestyles change and demand more time-efficient practices • Product design and production decisions are influenced by specifications, constraints and aspects of appropriateness including functions, aesthetics, ethics, culture, available finances and resources, and sustainability e.g. menu design is influenced by type of cuisine, cultural theme and cost • Decisions made about the design, development and use of products can impact positively or negatively on people, their communities and environments e.g. food packages can be designed and developed using recycled materials INFORMATION, MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS (resources) The characteristics of resources are matched with tools and techniques to make products to meet design challenges. • Resources are selected according to their characteristics, to match requirements of design challenges and suit the user e.g. an indoor or outdoor hydroponics garden and irrigation system can be designed based on suitability of materials and characteristics • Techniques and tools are selected to manipulate or process resources to enhance the quality of products and to match design ideas, standards and specifications e.g. a story can be recreated with digital media to make it more appealing WAYS OF WORKING Students use the essential processes of Ways of working to develop and demonstrate their Knowledge and understanding. They individually and collaboratively develop their ability to work technologically by generating, assessing and communicating design ideas and by selecting and using resources, tools and techniques, to design and make products to meet specifications. They analyse and respond to decisions about technology and its impact on people, their environments and their communities. They reflect on their learning and evaluate the suitability of products and processes and recommend improvements. Students are able to: • investigate and analyse the purpose, context, specifications and constraints for design ideas • generate and evaluate design ideas and determine suitability based on purpose, specifications and constraints • communicate the details of designs showing relative proportion, using labelled drawings, models and/or plans • select resources, techniques and tools to make products that meet specifications • plan and manage production procedures and modify as necessary • make products to meet specifications by manipulating and processing resources • identify risks and justify and apply safe practices • evaluate the suitability of products and processes for the purpose and context, and recommend improvements • reflect on and identify the impacts of products and processes on people, their communities and environments • reflect on learning, apply new understandings and identify future applications Health and Physical Education PREP HEALTH PERSONAL, SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Note: With the whole school adoption of the ‘You Can Do It’ Program being embedded in classrooms, pastoral care program and the general school culture, the Program covers many of the Year Level Content Descriptions for this sub-strand of Health and Physical Education. What are identified below are focus areas that need to be covered during the year. PREP YEAR BAND DESCRIPTION The Foundation Year curriculum provides the basis for developing knowledge, understanding and skills for students to lead healthy, safe and active lives. The content provides opportunities for students to learn about their strengths and simple actions they can take to keep themselves and their classmates healthy and safe. The content explores the people that are important to students and develops students’ capacity to initiate and maintain respectful relationships in different contexts, including at school, at home, in the classroom and when participating in physical activities. Being healthy, safe and active Name parts of the body and describe how their body is growing and changing Identify people and demonstrate protective behaviours that help keep themselves safe and healthy Communicating and interacting for health and wellbeing Identify and describe emotional responses people may experience in different situations Contributing to healthy and active communities Participate in play that promotes engagement with outdoor settings and the natural environment Link with Geography and general fine motor program Link with English and the emotions of characters in stories PREP YEAR ACHIEVEMENT STANDARD By the end of Foundation Year, students recognise how they are growing and changing. They identify and describe the different emotions people experience. They recognise actions that help them be healthy, safe and physically active. Students use personal and social skills to include others in a range of activities. They demonstrate, with guidance, practices and protective behaviours to keep themselves safe and healthy in different activities. YEAR 1 HEALTH PERSONAL, SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Note: With the whole school adoption of the ‘You Can Do It’ Program being embedded in classrooms, pastoral care program and the general school culture, the Program covers many of the Year Level Content Descriptions for this sub-strand of Health and Physical Education. What are identified below are focus areas that need to be covered during the year. YEARS 1 AND 2 BAND DESCRIPTION The curriculum for Year 1 and 2 builds on the learning from Foundation and supports students to make decisions to enhance their health, safety and participation in physical activity. The content enables students to explore their own sense of self and the factors that contribute to and influence their identities. Students learn about emotions, how to enhance their interactions with others, and the physical and social changes they go through as they grow older. The content explores health messages and how they relate to health decisions and behaviours, and examines strategies students can use when they need help. In addition, students develop personal and social skills such as cooperation, decision making, problem-solving and persistence through movement settings. Being healthy, safe and active Describe physical and social changes that occur as children grow older and discuss how family and community acknowledge these Practise strategies they can use when they need help with a task, problem or situation Communicating and interacting for health and wellbeing Examine health messages and how they relate to health decisions and behaviours Contributing to healthy and active communities Identify and explore natural and built environments in the local community where physical activity can take place Link with Geography Recognise similarities and differences in individuals and groups, and explore how these are celebrated and respected Link with History YEARS 1 AND 2 ACHIEVEMENT STANDARD By the end of Year 2, students describe changes that occur as they grow older. They recognise diversity and how it contributes to identities. They recognise how emotional responses impact on others’ feelings. They examine messages related to health decisions and describe actions that help keep themselves and others healthy, safe and physically active. They identify areas where they can be active and how the body reacts to different physical activities. Students demonstrate positive ways to interact with others. They select and apply strategies to keep themselves healthy and safe and are able to ask for help with tasks or problems. They demonstrate fundamental movement skills in different movement situations and test alternatives to solve movement challenges. They perform movement sequences that incorporate the elements of movement. YEAR 2 HEALTH PERSONAL, SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Note: With the whole school adoption of the ‘You Can Do It’ Program being embedded in classrooms, pastoral care program and the general school culture, the Program covers many of the Year Level Content Descriptions for this sub-strand of Health and Physical Education. What is identified below are focus areas to be covered during the year. YEARS 1 AND 2 BAND DESCRIPTION The curriculum for Year 1 and 2 builds on the learning from Foundation and supports students to make decisions to enhance their health, safety and participation in physical activity. The content enables students to explore their own sense of self and the factors that contribute to and influence their identities. Students learn about emotions, how to enhance their interactions with others, and the physical and social changes they go through as they grow older. The content explores health messages and how they relate to health decisions and behaviours, and examines strategies students can use when they need help. In addition, students develop personal and social skills such as cooperation, decision making, problem-solving and persistence through movement settings. Being healthy, safe and active Describe physical and social changes that occur as children grow older and discuss how family and community acknowledge these Practise strategies they can use when they need help with a task, problem or situation Communicating and interacting for health and wellbeing Examine health messages and how they relate to health decisions and behaviours Contributing to healthy and active communities Identify and explore natural and built environments in the local community where physical activity can take place Link with History Recognise similarities and differences in individuals and groups, and explore how these are celebrated and respected Link with History YEARS 1 AND 2 ACHIEVEMENT STANDARD By the end of Year 2, students describe changes that occur as they grow older. They recognise diversity and how it contributes to identities. They recognise how emotional responses impact on others’ feelings. They examine messages related to health decisions and describe actions that help keep themselves and others healthy, safe and physically active. They identify areas where they can be active and how the body reacts to different physical activities. Students demonstrate positive ways to interact with others. They select and apply strategies to keep themselves healthy and safe and are able to ask for help with tasks or problems. They demonstrate fundamental movement skills in different movement situations and test alternatives to solve movement challenges. They perform movement sequences that incorporate the elements of movement. YEAR 3 HEALTH PERSONAL, SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Note: With the whole school adoption of the ‘You Can Do It’ Program being embedded in classrooms, pastoral care program and the general school culture, the Program covers many of the Year Level Content Descriptions for this sub-strand of Health and Physical Education. What is identified below are focus areas to be covered during the year. Years 3 and 4 Band Description The Year 3 and 4 curriculum further develops students’ knowledge, understanding and skills in relation to their health, wellbeing, safety and participation in physical activity. In these years, students begin to explore personal and social factors that support and contribute to their identities and emotional responses in varying situations. They also develop a further understanding of how their bodies grow and change as they get older. The content explores knowledge, understanding and skills that supports students to build and maintain respectful relationships, make health-enhancing and safe decisions, and interpret health messages from different sources to take action to enhance their own health and wellbeing. The Year 3 and 4 curriculum also provides opportunities for students to develop through movement personal and social skills such as leadership, communication, collaboration, problem-solving, persistence and decision making. Being healthy, safe and active Describe and apply strategies that can be used in situations that make them feel uncomfortable or unsafe Communicating and interacting for health and wellbeing Discuss and interpret health information and messages in the media and on the Internet Contributing to healthy and active communities Describe strategies to make the classroom and playground healthy, safe and active spaces Link with general classroom culture Years 3 and 4 Achievement Standard By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. They examine influences that strengthen identities. They investigate how emotional responses vary and understand how to interact positively with others in different situations. Students interpret health messages and discuss the influences on healthy and safe choices. They understand the benefits of being fit and physically active. They describe the connections they have to their community and identify resources available locally to support their health, safety and physical activity YEAR 4 HEALTH PERSONAL, SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Note: With the whole school adoption of the ‘You Can Do It’ Program being embedded in classrooms, pastoral care program and the general school culture, this Program covers many of the Year Level Content Descriptions for this sub-strand of Health and Physical Education. Identified below are focus areas to be covered during the year. Years 3 and 4 Band Description The Year 3 and 4 curriculum further develops students’ knowledge, understanding and skills in relation to their health, wellbeing, safety and participation in physical activity. In these years, students begin to explore personal and social factors that support and contribute to their identities and emotional responses in varying situations. They also develop a further understanding of how their bodies grow and change as they get older. The content explores knowledge, understanding and skills that supports students to build and maintain respectful relationships, make health-enhancing and safe decisions, and interpret health messages from different sources to take action to enhance their own health and wellbeing. The Year 3 and 4 curriculum also provides opportunities for students to develop through movement personal and social skills such as leadership, communication, collaboration, problem-solving, persistence and decision making. Being healthy, safe and active Describe strategies that can be used in situations that make them feel uncomfortable or unsafe Apply strategies that can be used in situations that make them feel uncomfortable or unsafe Communicating and interacting for health and wellbeing Discuss and interpret health information and messages in the media and on the Internet Contributing to healthy and active communities Describe strategies to make the classroom and playground healthy, safe and active spaces Link with general classroom culture Years 3 and 4 Achievement Standard By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. They examine influences that strengthen identities. They investigate how emotional responses vary and understand how to interact positively with others in different situations. Students interpret health messages and discuss the influences on healthy and safe choices. They understand the benefits of being fit and physically active. They describe the connections they have to their community and identify resources available locally to support their health, safety and physical activity. YEAR 5 HEALTH PERSONAL, SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Note: With the whole school adoption of the ‘You Can Do It’ Program being embedded in classrooms, pastoral care program and the general school culture, the Program covers many of the Year Level Content Descriptions for this sub-strand of Health and Physical Education. What is identified below are focus areas that need to be cover in the year. YEARS 5 AND 6 BAND DESCRIPTION The Year 5 and 6 curriculum supports students to develop knowledge, understanding and skills to create opportunities and take action to enhance their own and others' health, wellbeing, safety and physical activity participation. Students develop skills to manage their emotions, understand the physical and social changes that are occurring for them and examine how the nature of their relationships changes over time. The content provides opportunities for students to contribute to building a positive school environment that supports healthy, safe and active choices for everyone. They also explore a range of factors and behaviours that can influence health, safety and wellbeing. Being healthy, safe and active Investigate community resources and strategies to seek help about health, safety and wellbeing Communicating and interacting for health and wellbeing Recognise how media and important people in the community influence personal attitudes, beliefs, decisions and behaviours Link with Leadership Process Term3/4 Contributing to healthy and active communities Investigate and reflect on how valuing diversity positively influences the wellbeing of the community Link with History Units and general classroom culture YEARS 5 AND 6 ACHIEVEMENT STANDARD By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. They examine the changing nature of personal and cultural identities. They recognise the influence of emotions on behaviours and discuss factors that influence how people interact. They describe their own and others’ contributions to health, physical activity, safety and wellbeing. They describe the key features of health-related fitness and the significance of physical activity participation to health and wellbeing. They examine how physical activity supports community wellbeing and cultural understanding. YEAR 6 HEALTH PERSONAL, SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Note: With the whole school adoption of the ‘You Can Do It’ Program being embedded in classrooms, pastoral care program and the general school culture, the Program covers many of the Year Level Content Descriptions for this sub-strand of Health and Physical Education. What is identified below are focus areas to be covered during the year. YEARS 5 AND 6 BAND DESCRIPTION The Year 5 and 6 curriculum supports students to develop knowledge, understanding and skills to create opportunities and take action to enhance their own and others' health, wellbeing, safety and physical activity participation. Students develop skills to manage their emotions, understand the physical and social changes that are occurring for them and examine how the nature of their relationships changes over time. The content provides opportunities for students to contribute to building a positive school environment that supports healthy, safe and active choices for everyone. They also explore a range of factors and behaviours that can influence health, safety and wellbeing. Being healthy, safe and active Investigate community resources and strategies to seek help about health, safety and wellbeing Communicating and interacting for health and wellbeing Recognise how media and important people in the community influence personal attitudes, beliefs, decisions and behaviours Contributing to healthy and active communities Investigate and reflect on how valuing diversity positively influences the wellbeing of the community Link with History Units and general classroom culture Link with English Unit 3 on Advertising YEARS 5 AND 6 ACHIEVEMENT STANDARD By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. They examine the changing nature of personal and cultural identities. They recognise the influence of emotions on behaviours and discuss factors that influence how people interact. They describe their own and others’ contributions to health, physical activity, safety and wellbeing. They describe the key features of health-related fitness and the significance of physical activity participation to health and wellbeing. They examine how physical activity supports community wellbeing and cultural understanding. PREP MOVEMENT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY PREP YEAR BAND DESCRIPTION The Foundation Year curriculum provides the basis for developing knowledge, understanding and skills for students to lead healthy, safe and active lives. The Foundation curriculum provides opportunities for students to learn through movement. The content enables students to develop and practise fundamental movement skills through active play and structured movement activities. This improves competence and confidence in their movement abilities. The content also provides opportunities for students to learn about movement as they participate in physical activity in a range of different settings. Moving our body Understanding movement Learning through movement Practise fundamental movement skills and movement sequences using different body parts and in response to stimuli Explore how regular physical activity keeps individuals healthy and well Cooperate with others when participating in physical activities Identify and describe how their body moves in relation to effort, space, time, objects and people Test possible solutions to movement challenges through Participate in games with and without equipment trial and error Follow rules when participating in physical activities PREP YEAR ACHIEVEMENT STANDARD By the end of Foundation Year, students identify different settings where they can be active and how to move and play safely. They describe how their body responds to movement. Students use personal and social skills to include others in a range of activities. They perform fundamental movement skills and solve movement challenges. YEAR 1 MOVEMENT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY YEARS 1 AND 2 BAND DESCRIPTION The curriculum for Year 1 and 2 builds on the learning from Foundation and supports students to make decisions to enhance their health, safety and participation in physical activity. The content provides opportunities for students to learn through movement. It supports them in broadening the range and complexity of fundamental movement skills they are able to perform. They learn how to select, transfer and apply simple movement skills and sequences individually, in groups and in teams. Students also further develop their knowledge, understanding and skills in relation to movement by exploring simple rule systems and safe use of equipment in a variety of physical activities and games. Through active participation, they investigate the body’s response to different types of physical activities. In addition, students develop personal and social skills such as cooperation, decision making, problem-solving and persistence through movement settings. Moving our body Understanding movement Learning through movement Perform fundamental movement skills in different Discuss the body’s reactions to participating in physical Use strategies to work in group situations when participating in physical movement situations activities activities Construct and perform imaginative and original Incorporate elements of effort, space, time, objects and Propose a range of alternatives and test their effectiveness when solving movement sequences in response to stimuli people in performing simple movement sequences movement challenges Create and participate in games Identify rules and play fairly when participating in physical activities Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Aquatics – Skills Athletics – Ball Skills Dodging/Running/Tagging Aquatics By the end of Year 2, students describe changes that occur as they grow older. They recognise diversity and how it contributes to identities. They recognise how emotional responses impact on others' feelings. They examine messages related to health decisions and describe actions that help keep themselves and others' healthy, safe and physically active. They identify areas where they can be active and how the body reacts to different physical activities. By the end of Year 2, students describe changes that occur as they grow older. They recognise diversity and how it contributes to identities. They recognise how emotional responses impact on others' feelings. They examine messages related to health decisions and describe actions that help keep themselves and others healthy, safe and physically active. They identify areas where they can be active and how the body reacts to different physical activities. Students demonstrate positive ways to interact with others. They select and apply strategies to keep them healthy and safe and are able to ask for help. They demonstrate fundamental movement skills in different movement situations and test alternatives to solve movement challenges. They perform movement sequences that incorporate the elements of movement. Students demonstrate positive ways to interact with others. They select and apply strategies to keep them healthy and safe and are able to ask for help. They demonstrate fundamental movement skills in different movement situations and test alternatives to solve movement challenges. They perform movement sequences that incorporate the elements of movement By the end of Year 2, students describe changes that occur as they grow older. They recognise diversity and how it contributes to identities. They recognise how emotional responses impact on others' feelings. They examine messages related to health decisions and describe actions that help keep themselves and others healthy, safe and physically active. They identify areas where they can be active and how the body reacts to different physical activities. Students demonstrate positive ways to interact with others. They select and apply strategies to keep themselves healthy and safe and are able to ask for help with tasks or problems. They demonstrate fundamental movement skills in different movement situations and test alternatives to solve movement challenges. They perform movement sequences that incorporate the elements of movement. By the end of Year 2, students describe changes that occur as they grow older. They recognise diversity and how it contributes to identities. They recognise how emotional responses impact on others' feelings. They examine messages related to health decisions and describe actions that help keep themselves and others' healthy, safe and physically active. They identify areas where they can be active and how the body reacts to different physical activities. Students demonstrate positive ways to interact with others. They select and apply strategies to keep them healthy and safe and are able to ask for help. They demonstrate fundamental movement skills in different movement situations and test alternatives to solve movement challenges. They perform movement sequences that incorporate the elements of movement. YEAR 2 MOVEMENT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY YEARS 1 AND 2 BAND DESCRIPTION The curriculum for Year 1 and 2 builds on the learning from Foundation and supports students to make decisions to enhance their health, safety and participation in physical activity. The content provides opportunities for students to learn through movement. It supports them in broadening the range and complexity of fundamental movement skills they are able to perform. They learn how to select, transfer and apply simple movement skills and sequences individually, in groups and in teams. Students also further develop their knowledge, understanding and skills in relation to movement by exploring simple rule systems and safe use of equipment in a variety of physical activities and games. Through active participation, they investigate the body’s response to different types of physical activities. In addition, students develop personal and social skills such as cooperation, decision making, problem-solving and persistence through movement settings. Moving our body Understanding movement Learning through movement Perform fundamental movement skills in different Discuss the body’s reactions to participating in physical Use strategies to work in group situations when participating in physical movement situations activities activities Construct and perform imaginative and original Incorporate elements of effort, space, time, objects and Propose a range of alternatives and test their effectiveness when solving movement sequences in response to stimuli people in performing simple movement sequences movement challenges Create and participate in games Identify rules and play fairly when participating in physical activities Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Aquatics Scooter Boards and Ball Games Skipping Aquatics By the end of Year 2, students describe changes that occur as they grow older. They recognise diversity and how it contributes to identities. They recognise how emotional responses impact on others' feelings. They examine messages related to health decisions and describe actions that help keep themselves and others healthy, safe and physically active. They identify areas where they can be active and how the body reacts to different physical activities. By the end of Year 2, students describe changes that occur as they grow older. They recognise diversity and how it contributes to identities. They recognise how emotional responses impact on others' feelings. They examine messages related to health decisions and describe actions that help keep themselves and others healthy, safe and physically active. They identify areas where they can be active and how the body reacts to different physical activities. Students demonstrate positive ways to interact with others. They select and apply strategies to keep themselves healthy and safe and are able to ask for help with tasks or problems. They demonstrate fundamental movement skills in different movement situations and test alternatives to solve movement challenges. They perform movement sequences that incorporate the elements of movement. Students demonstrate positive ways to interact with others. They select and apply strategies to keep themselves healthy and safe and are able to ask for help with tasks or problems. They demonstrate fundamental movement skills in different movement situations and test alternatives to solve movement challenges. They perform movement sequences that incorporate the elements of movement. By the end of Year 2, students describe changes that occur as they grow older. They recognise diversity and how it contributes to identities. They recognise how emotional responses impact on others' feelings. They examine messages related to health decisions and describe actions that help keep themselves and others' healthy, safe and physically active. They identify areas where they can be active and how the body reacts to different physical activities. Students demonstrate positive ways to interact with others. They select and apply strategies to keep them healthy and safe and are able to ask for help. They demonstrate fundamental movement skills in different movement situations and test alternatives to solve movement challenges. They perform movement sequences that incorporate the elements of movement. By the end of Year 2, students describe changes that occur as they grow older. They recognise diversity and how it contributes to identities. They recognise how emotional responses impact on others' feelings. They examine messages related to health decisions and describe actions that help keep themselves and others' healthy, safe and physically active. They identify areas where they can be active and how the body reacts to different physical activities. Students demonstrate positive ways to interact with others. They select and apply strategies to keep them healthy and safe and are able to ask for help. They demonstrate fundamental movement skills in different movement situations and test alternatives to solve movement challenges. They perform movement sequences that incorporate the elements of movement. YEAR 3 MOVEMENT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY Years 3 and 4 Band Description The Year 3 and 4 curriculum further develops students’ knowledge, understanding and skills in relation to their health, wellbeing, safety and participation in physical activity. The curriculum in Year 3 and 4 builds on previous learning in movement to help students develop greater proficiency across the range of fundamental movement skills. Students combine movements to create more complicated movement patterns and sequences. Through participation in a variety of physical activities, students further develop their knowledge about movement and how the body moves. They do this as they explore the features of activities that meet their needs and interests and learn about the benefits of regular physical activity. The Year 3 and 4 curriculum also provides opportunities for students to develop through movement personal and social skills such as leadership, communication, collaboration, problem-solving, persistence and decision making. Moving our body Understanding movement Learning through movement Practise and refine fundamental movement skills in different Examine the benefits of physical activity and physical fitness to Adopt inclusive practices when participating in physical activities movement situations health and wellbeing Apply innovative and creative thinking in solving movement challenges Perform movement sequences which link fundamental movement Combine the elements of effort, space, time, objects and people Apply basic rules and scoring systems, and demonstrate fair play when skills when performing movement sequences participating Practise and apply movement concepts and strategies Years 3 and 4 Achievement Standard By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. Students apply strategies for working cooperatively and apply rules fairly. They use decision-making and problem-solving skills to select and demonstrate strategies that help them stay safe, healthy and active. They refine fundamental movement skills and movement concepts and strategies in different physical activities and to solve movement challenges. They create and perform movement sequences using fundamental movement skills and the elements of movement. Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Aquatics – Skills/Strokes Athletics Ball Skills Aquatics – Skills and Lifesaving By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. They examine influences that strengthen identities. They investigate how emotional responses vary and understand how to interact positively with others in different situations. Students interpret health messages and discuss the influences on healthy and safe choices. They understand the benefits of being fit and physically active. They describe the connections they have to their community and identify resources available locally to support their health, physical activity and safety. Students apply strategies for working cooperatively and apply rules fairly. They use decision-making and problem-solving skills to select and demonstrate strategies that help them stay safe, healthy and active. They refine fundamental movement skills and movement concepts and strategies in different physical activities and to solve movement challenges. They create and perform movement sequences using fundamental movement skills and the elements of movement. By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. They examine influences that strengthen identities. They investigate how emotional responses vary and understand how to interact positively with others in different situations. Students interpret health messages and discuss the influences on healthy and safe choices. They understand the benefits of being fit and physically active. They describe the connections they have to their community and identify resources available locally to support their health, physical activity and safety. Students apply strategies for working cooperatively and apply rules fairly. They use decision-making and problem-solving skills to select and demonstrate strategies that help them stay safe, healthy and active. They refine fundamental movement skills and movement concepts and strategies in different physical activities and to solve movement challenges. They create and perform movement sequences using fundamental movement skills and the elements of movement By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. They examine influences that strengthen identities. They investigate how emotional responses vary and understand how to interact positively with others in different situations. Students interpret health messages and discuss the influences on healthy and safe choices. They understand the benefits of being fit and physically active. They describe the connections they have to their community and identify resources available locally to support their health, physical activity and safety. Students apply strategies for working cooperatively and apply rules fairly. They use decision-making and problem-solving skills to select and demonstrate strategies that help them stay safe, healthy and active. They refine fundamental movement skills and movement concepts and strategies in different physical activities and to solve movement challenges. They create and perform movement sequences using fundamental movement skills and the elements of movement. By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. They examine influences that strengthen identities. They investigate how emotional responses vary and understand how to interact positively with others in different situations. Students interpret health messages and discuss the influences on healthy and safe choices. They understand the benefits of being fit and physically active. They describe the connections they have to their community and identify resources available locally to support their health, physical activity and safety. Students apply strategies for working cooperatively and apply rules fairly. They use decision-making and problem-solving skills to select and demonstrate strategies that help them stay safe, healthy and active. They refine fundamental movement skills and movement concepts and strategies in different physical activities and to solve movement challenges. They create and perform movement sequences using fundamental movement skills and the elements of movement. YEAR 4 MOVEMENT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY Years 3 and 4 Band Description The Year 3 and 4 curriculum further develops students’ knowledge, understanding and skills in relation to their health, wellbeing, safety and participation in physical activity. The curriculum in Year 3 and 4 builds on previous learning in movement to help students develop greater proficiency across the range of fundamental movement skills. Students combine movements to create more complicated movement patterns and sequences. Through participation in a variety of physical activities, students further develop their knowledge about movement and how the body moves. They do this as they explore the features of activities that meet their needs and interests and learn about the benefits of regular physical activity. The Year 3 and 4 curriculum also provides opportunities for students to develop through movement personal and social skills such as leadership, communication, collaboration, problem-solving, persistence and decision making. Moving our body Understanding movement Learning through movement Practise and refine fundamental movement skills in different Examine the benefits of physical activity and physical fitness to Adopt inclusive practices when participating in physical activities movement situations health and wellbeing Apply innovative and creative thinking in solving movement challenges Perform movement sequences which link fundamental movement Combine the elements of effort, space, time, objects and people Apply basic rules and scoring systems, and demonstrate fair play when skills when performing movement sequences participating Practise and apply movement concepts and strategies Years 3 and 4 Achievement Standard By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. Students apply strategies for working cooperatively and apply rules fairly. They use decision-making and problem-solving skills to select and demonstrate strategies that help them stay safe, healthy and active. They refine fundamental movement skills and movement concepts and strategies in different physical activities and to solve movement challenges. They create and perform movement sequences using fundamental movement skills and the elements of movement. Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Aquatics – Skills and Strokes Athletics Ball/Bat Skills Aquatics – Skills and Lifesaving By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. They examine influences that strengthen identities. They investigate how emotional responses vary and understand how to interact positively with others in different situations. Students interpret health messages and discuss the influences on healthy and safe choices. They understand the benefits of being fit and physically active. They describe the connections they have to their community and identify resources available locally to support their health, physical activity and safety. Students apply strategies for working cooperatively and apply rules fairly. They use decision-making and problem-solving skills to select and demonstrate strategies that help them stay safe, healthy and active. They refine fundamental movement skills and movement concepts and strategies in different physical activities and to solve movement challenges. They create and perform movement sequences using fundamental movement skills and the elements of movement. By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. They examine influences that strengthen identities. They investigate how emotional responses vary and understand how to interact positively with others in different situations. Students interpret health messages and discuss the influences on healthy and safe choices. They understand the benefits of being fit and physically active. They describe the connections they have to their community and identify resources available locally to support their health, physical activity and safety. Students apply strategies for working cooperatively and apply rules fairly. They use decision-making and problem-solving skills to select and demonstrate strategies that help them stay safe, healthy and active. They refine fundamental movement skills and movement concepts and strategies in different physical activities and to solve movement challenges. They create and perform movement sequences using fundamental movement skills and the elements of movement By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. They examine influences that strengthen identities. They investigate how emotional responses vary and understand how to interact positively with others in different situations. Students interpret health messages and discuss the influences on healthy and safe choices. They understand the benefits of being fit and physically active. They describe the connections they have to their community and identify resources available locally to support their health, physical activity and safety. Students apply strategies for working cooperatively and apply rules fairly. They use decision-making and problem-solving skills to select and demonstrate strategies that help them stay safe, healthy and active. They refine fundamental movement skills and movement concepts and strategies in different physical activities and to solve movement challenges. They create and perform movement sequences using fundamental movement skills and the elements of movement. By the end of Year 4, students recognise strategies for managing change. They examine influences that strengthen identities. They investigate how emotional responses vary and understand how to interact positively with others in different situations. Students interpret health messages and discuss the influences on healthy and safe choices. They understand the benefits of being fit and physically active. They describe the connections they have to their community and identify resources available locally to support their health, physical activity and safety. Students apply strategies for working cooperatively and apply rules fairly. They use decision-making and problem-solving skills to select and demonstrate strategies that help them stay safe, healthy and active. They refine fundamental movement skills and movement concepts and strategies in different physical activities and to solve movement challenges. They create and perform movement sequences using fundamental movement skills and the elements of movement. YEAR 5 MOVEMENT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY YEARS 5 AND 6 BAND DESCRIPTION The Year 5 and 6 curriculum supports students to develop knowledge, understanding and skills to create opportunities and take action to enhance their own and others' health, wellbeing, safety and physical activity participation. Students refine and further develop a wide range of fundamental movement skills in more complex movement patterns and situations. They also apply their understanding of movement strategies and concepts when composing and creating movement sequences and participating in games and sport. Students in Year 5 and 6 further develop their understanding about movement as they learn to monitor how their body responds to different types of physical activity. In addition, they continue to learn to apply rules fairly and behave ethically when participating in different physical activities. Students also learn to effectively communicate and problem-solve in teams or groups in movement settings. Moving our body Understanding movement Learning through movement Practise specialised movement skills and apply them in Participate in physical activities designed to enhance fitness, and discuss the Participate positively in groups and teams by encouraging different movement situations impact regular participation can have on health and wellbeing others and negotiating roles and responsibilities Design and perform a variety of movement sequences Manipulate and modify the elements of effort, space, time, objects and people to Apply critical and creative thinking processes in order to perform movement sequences generate and assess solutions to movement challenges Propose and apply movement concepts and strategies Participate in physical activities from their own and other cultures and examine Demonstrate ethical behaviour and fair play that aligns how involvement creates community connections and intercultural understanding with the rules when participating in a range of physical activities YEARS 5 AND 6 ACHIEVEMENT STANDARD By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. Students demonstrate skills to work collaboratively and play fairly. They access and interpret health information and apply decisionmaking and problem-solving skills to enhance their own and others’ health, safety and wellbeing. They perform specialised movement skills and propose and combine movement concepts and strategies to achieve movement outcomes and solve movement challenges. They apply the elements of movement when composing and creating movement sequences. Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Aquatics – Skills and Strokes Athletics + Throwing and Catching Basketball Aquatics – Skills and Lifesaving By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. They examine the changing nature of personal and cultural identities. They recognise the influence of emotions on behaviours and discuss factors that influence how people interact. They describe their own and others' contributions to health, physical activity, safety and wellbeing. They describe the key features of healthrelated fitness and the significance of physical activity participation to health and wellbeing. They examine how physical activity supports community wellbeing and cultural understanding. Students demonstrate skills to work collaboratively and play fairly. They access and interpret health information and apply decision-making and problem-solving skills to enhance their own and others' health, safety and wellbeing. They perform specialised movement skills, and propose and combine movement concepts and strategies to achieve movement outcomes and solve movement challenges. They apply the elements of movement when composing and creating movement sequences. By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. They examine the changing nature of personal and cultural identities. They recognise the influence of emotions on behaviours and discuss factors that influence how people interact. They describe their own and others' contributions to health, physical activity, safety and wellbeing. They describe the key features of healthrelated fitness and the significance of physical activity participation to health and wellbeing. They examine how physical activity supports community wellbeing and cultural understanding. Students demonstrate skills to work collaboratively and play fairly. They access and interpret health information and apply decision-making and problem-solving skills to enhance their own and others' health, safety and wellbeing. They perform specialised movement skills, and propose and combine movement concepts and strategies to achieve movement outcomes and solve movement challenges. They apply the elements of movement when composing and creating movement sequences. By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. They examine the changing nature of personal and cultural identities. They recognise the influence of emotions on behaviours and discuss factors that influence how people interact. They describe their own and others' contributions to health, physical activity, safety and wellbeing. They describe the key features of healthrelated fitness and the significance of physical activity participation to health and wellbeing. They examine how physical activity supports community wellbeing and cultural understanding. Students demonstrate skills to work collaboratively and play fairly. They access and interpret health information and apply decision-making and problem-solving skills to enhance their own and others' health, safety and wellbeing. They perform specialised movement skills and propose and combine movement concepts and strategies to achieve movement outcomes and solve movement challenges. They apply the elements of movement when composing and creating movement sequences By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. They examine the changing nature of personal and cultural identities. They recognise the influence of emotions on behaviours and discuss factors that influence how people interact. They describe their own and others' contributions to health, physical activity, safety and wellbeing. They describe the key features of healthrelated fitness and the significance of physical activity participation to health and wellbeing. They examine how physical activity supports community wellbeing and cultural understanding. Students demonstrate skills to work collaboratively and play fairly. They access and interpret health information and apply decision-making and problem-solving skills to enhance their own and others' health, safety and wellbeing. They perform specialised movement skills and propose and combine movement concepts and strategies to achieve movement outcomes and solve movement challenges. They apply the elements of movement when composing and creating movement sequences YEAR 6 MOVEMENT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY YEARS 5 AND 6 BAND DESCRIPTION The Year 5 and 6 curriculum supports students to develop knowledge, understanding and skills to create opportunities and take action to enhance their own and others' health, wellbeing, safety and physical activity participation. Students refine and further develop a wide range of fundamental movement skills in more complex movement patterns and situations. They also apply their understanding of movement strategies and concepts when composing and creating movement sequences and participating in games and sport. Students in Year 5 and 6 further develop their understanding about movement as they learn to monitor how their body responds to different types of physical activity. In addition, they continue to learn to apply rules fairly and behave ethically when participating in different physical activities. Students also learn to effectively communicate and problem-solve in teams or groups in movement settings. Moving our body Understanding movement Learning through movement Practise specialised movement skills and apply them Participate in physical activities designed to enhance fitness, and discuss the Participate positively in groups and teams by encouraging in different movement situations impact regular participation can have on health and wellbeing others and negotiating roles and responsibilities Design and perform a variety of movement Manipulate and modify the elements of effort, space, time, objects and people to Apply critical and creative thinking processes in order to sequences perform movement sequences generate and assess solutions to movement challenges Propose and apply movement concepts and Participate in physical activities from their own and other cultures and examine Demonstrate ethical behaviour and fair play that aligns with strategies how involvement creates community connections and intercultural understanding the rules when participating in a range of physical activities YEARS 5 AND 6 ACHIEVEMENT STANDARD By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. Students demonstrate skills to work collaboratively and play fairly. They access and interpret health information and apply decisionmaking and problem-solving skills to enhance their own and others’ health, safety and wellbeing. They perform specialised movement skills and propose and combine movement concepts and strategies to achieve movement outcomes and solve movement challenges. They apply the elements of movement when composing and creating movement sequences. Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Aquatics – Skills and Strokes Athletics + Fitness Ball Focus Aquatics –Junior Lifesaver By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. They examine the changing nature of personal and cultural identities. They recognise the influence of emotions on behaviours and discuss factors that influence how people interact. They describe their own and others' contributions to health, physical activity, safety and wellbeing. They describe the key features of healthrelated fitness and the significance of physical activity participation to health and wellbeing. They examine how physical activity supports community wellbeing and cultural understanding. Students demonstrate skills to work collaboratively and play fairly. They access and interpret health information and apply decision-making and problem-solving skills to enhance their own and others' health, safety and wellbeing. They perform specialised movement skills, and propose and combine movement concepts and strategies to achieve movement outcomes and solve movement challenges. They apply the elements of movement when composing and creating movement sequences. By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. They examine the changing nature of personal and cultural identities. They recognise the influence of emotions on behaviours and discuss factors that influence how people interact. They describe their own and others' contributions to health, physical activity, safety and wellbeing. They describe the key features of healthrelated fitness and the significance of physical activity participation to health and wellbeing. They examine how physical activity supports community wellbeing and cultural understanding. Students demonstrate skills to work collaboratively and play fairly. They access and interpret health information and apply decision-making and problem-solving skills to enhance their own and others' health, safety and wellbeing. They perform specialised movement skills, and propose and combine movement concepts and strategies to achieve movement outcomes and solve movement challenges. They apply the elements of movement when composing and creating movement sequences. By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. They examine the changing nature of personal and cultural identities. They recognise the influence of emotions on behaviours and discuss factors that influence how people interact. They describe their own and others' contributions to health, physical activity, safety and wellbeing. They describe the key features of healthrelated fitness and the significance of physical activity participation to health and wellbeing. They examine how physical activity supports community wellbeing and cultural understanding. Students demonstrate skills to work collaboratively and play fairly. They access and interpret health information and apply decision-making and problem-solving skills to enhance their own and others' health, safety and wellbeing. They perform specialised movement skills and propose and combine movement concepts and strategies to achieve movement outcomes and solve movement challenges. They apply the elements of movement when composing and creating movement sequences By the end of Year 6, students investigate developmental changes and transitions. They examine the changing nature of personal and cultural identities. They recognise the influence of emotions on behaviours and discuss factors that influence how people interact. They describe their own and others' contributions to health, physical activity, safety and wellbeing. They describe the key features of healthrelated fitness and the significance of physical activity participation to health and wellbeing. They examine how physical activity supports community wellbeing and cultural understanding. Students demonstrate skills to work collaboratively and play fairly. They access and interpret health information and apply decision-making and problem-solving skills to enhance their own and others' health, safety and wellbeing. They perform specialised movement skills and propose and combine movement concepts and strategies to achieve movement outcomes and solve movement challenges. They apply the elements of movement when composing and creating movement sequences Languages At Windsor State School, Year 5 and 6 students are taught and assessed the language Japanese. In 2015, we continue to use the Essential Learnings: Languages other than English. Skills in languages provide personal, social and employment benefits. For students, quality Languages education enhances understanding of their own language and culture and assists them to reflect on their identity and place in the world. It provides insights into the languages and cultures that shape their own and others’ beliefs, values and attitudes. (‘Languages in Queensland State Schools’) Students use their existing understanding of language and culture to identify how languages are inextricably linked to cultures. They develop the skills needed to communicate in the target language, and to build their repertoire of process skills and strategies for acquiring and manipulating the verbal, non-verbal and written features. They expand their understanding of their own languages, cultures and identities through engagement with and use of the target languages and cultures. They explore alternative ways of experiencing, acting in and viewing the world and understand the importance of bilingualism and multilingualism in contemporary society. Students learning Asian, European and other languages understand and appreciate the diversity expressed in languages and the influence of language on culture. Students learning Indigenous languages also understand that these languages, and their associated creoles and dialects, including Aboriginal Englishes, are important elements of Australia’s Indigenous culture to be acknowledged by the broader community. Students use the essential processes of Ways of working to develop and demonstrate their Knowledge and understanding. They develop their ability to interpret and construct a small range of text types, using modelled and rehearsed language, in order to meet individual and social communication needs in well-known contexts with peers and familiar adults. They reflect on their learning and language choices in familiar contexts. Students select and use tools and technologies, including information and communication technologies (ICTs), in purposeful ways. They use ICTs as an integral component of their learning to inquire, create and communicate in the target language. Students demonstrate evidence of their learning over time in relation to the following assessable elements: • knowledge and understanding • comprehending texts • composing texts • intercultural competence • reflecting. The State of Queensland (Queensland Studies Authority) 2007 Unit Title Time allocation Teacher/Year Level SELF INTRODUCTION TERM 1 YEAR 5 MACRO-ORGANISE - MYSELF KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING In this unit, students will investigate How verbal and non-verbal language are adapted according to purpose and context. For example, saying goodbye to classmates or teachers. Build knowledge of basic vocabulary eg. Student’s name, age, hobbies, numbers, colours, greetings/farewells, polite Japanese (everyday lang.), family members, place of residence, likes & dislikes. Introduce simple sentence patterns with target vocabulary using Subject Object Verb sentence construction. Cross cultural investigations to notice and compare similarities and difference in hobbies, likes and dislikes at schools in Australia and Japan ASSESSMENT Teacher directed assessment / quizzes Present role plays to class Listening comprehension WAYS OF WORKING Relate their learning to their own lives by using 日本語 to ask their friends about their families, hobbies, likes and dislikes etc Construct simple role plays between students. Use language games to reinforce basic vocabulary.reflect and compare their own culture with respect to Japanese manners bowing using さん、ちゃん、先生 after names ADJUSTMENTS Adjust language to appropriate student level / prior level of learning. Use scribe or provide support for those who find writing difficult. Explicit modelling. TARGET LANGUAGE Greetings / Farewells おはようございます こんにちは こんばんは さようなら じゃまた ありがとう すみません Colours - aka, ao, kuro, shiro, kiiro, midori, chairo, murasaki, haiiro, pinku, orenji, Counting – up to 20 一、二、三、四、五、六、七、 八、九、十 Age 何歳ですか。 ____歳です。 ____歳です。 Name お名前は何ですか 私は____です。 ぼくは____です。 Likes / Dislikes ___が好きです。 _が好きじゃないです。 何が好きですか・ Hobbies Place Residence Boku wa _____ ni sunde imasu Q doko ni sunde imasuka おりがみ、からて、まんが、い けばな、ぼんざい、すどく、り ょうり、けんだま、スポオツ、 けんど、おんがく、どくしょ、 かいもの、 Fred wa Windsor ni sunde imasu 趣味は何ですか。 趣味は折り紙です。 Friends/Family Vocab: otoosan, okaasan, ojiisan, obaasan, oniisan, oneesan, imooto, otooto, akachan Sentence patterns: Kazoku wa gonin desu. Okaasan wa Sue desu. 私の友達は__です。 ___さんは10歳です。 ブリスベンに住んでいます。 趣味はいけばなです。 いけばなが好き・好きじゃないで す。 Learning Outcomes CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDINGS - language occurs as a text SOCIALISING EXCHANGING INFORMATION / EXPRESSING FEELINGS GRAMMAR CONTINUUM The key message in simple texts (spoken and written) and the purpose of simple texts in familiar situations Uses text types for comprehension Simple greetings with appropriate register Asks and gives names of others Attracting attention Understands common expressions used to attract attention in the classroom Uses simple greetings as a form of welcome Identifying people and things Refers to people or things previously mentioned Describing people, places and things Asks questions about likes/ dislikes Using simple responses to express likes / dislikes Asking for and giving directions NEGOTIATING MEANING PHONOLOGY AND SCRIPT What students need to be able to do with what they know and understand What students need to know and understand Asks for assistance using appropriate title Understands simple questions regarding ability e.g. Expressing understanding / lack thereof Expressing interest or lack of interest / uses simple responses to provide reasons PRONOUNCIATION Learning Japanese involves learning to pronounce new sounds there are 5 vowel syllables in Japanese CHARACTERS Ommision of the pronoun if obvious from the context The interrogative structure Counters and numbers appropriate for age Sentence types です。・ですか。 simple greetings, conversations, simple introductions ブランヂス先生、おはよう。 名前は何ですか ひろこさんです。 ブランヂス先生、すみません みんなさん、(こくばんを)見て下さい。立ってくださ い。 こんばんは 私の友達です。 友達の名前はひろこです。 なんさいですか。 何が好きですか。すもうが好きです。 私はロビンです。9さいです。 ブリスベンにすんでいます。 はい・いいえ。 どこにすんでいますか。 先生、すみません テニスが好きですか。 わかりますか・わかりません はい・いいえ 面白い・つまらないです。 Ah, We Soon Get Old あ、い、う、え、お Understands Japanese is written using 3 different scripts, kanji, hiragana and katakana High frequency kanji – 一、二、十 (numbers 1 -10) カタカナ names from name chart (ぼく・わたしは)トムです。9歳です。ブリスベンに すんでいます。 n ですか。/ 9 さいですか。 n はつまらないです。 (私は)すもうが好きです。 Unit Title Time allocation Teacher/Year Level IT’S ALL ABOUT ME TERM 2 YEAR 5 MACRO-ORGANISERS – Myself & People Around Me KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING In this unit, students will investigate Vocabulary and sentence/question patterns for expressing personal information about their birthdays, family members’ birthdays and Japanese birth signs of themselves and family members. Simple sentence pattern for expression of desires - Saying what they want/don’t want for their birthday and asking others. Begin to learn basic Japanese Hiragana script – first 20 kana. Cross cultural investigations to notice and compare similarities and differences between Australia and Japan regarding traditional “Zodiac” systems. Extended vocabulary and sentence patterns expressing a wider range of opinions – likes and dislikes. WAYS OF WORKING Relate their learning to their own lives by using 日本語 to express info about their birthdays, Japanese birth signs, family members birthdays & Japanese birth signs, their birthday wish list and expressing a wider range of vocabulary re: likes and dislikes. Construct simple cohesive, spoken and written, texts describing their knowledge of the topics to communicate with classmates in Japanese. Critically reflect and compare their own culture with respect to Japanese traditional “Zodiac” signs and expression of opinions. ASSESSMENT Teacher directed assessment / quizzes. Formal assessment of hiragana script (students can use hiragana work book). A short oral presentation about a family member. ADJUSTMENTS Adjust language to appropriate student level / prior level of learning. Use scribe or provide support for those who find writing difficult. Explicit modelling of pronunciation, sentence patterns, vocab usage and hiragana script. Use Japanese sign language for non-verbal student TARGET LANGUAGE NEW VOCABULARY: Months, counters for dates birthday – tanjoobi when – itsu birthsign – juunishi animal names of signs verb Want Object – hoshii desu hoshii kunai desu daisuki desu kirai desu daikirai desu pronoun – anata (you) particle – no (possessive) BACKGROUND VOCAB: family members vocab numbers 1 – 31 verb forms - suki desu suki janai desu question – nan/nani Likes / Dislikes Extension Verbs forms – daisuki desu kirai desu daikirai desu Expressing Interest / Lack of interest: Adjectives - omoshiroii, tsumaranai Birthdays Sentence patterns – Japanese Birth Signs Sentence patterns – Subject no tanjoobi wa month date desu. (self and family) Boku/watashi no juunishi wa object desu. (self) Subject wa tanjoobi ni object ga hoshii desu. Otoosan no juunishi wa object desu. (family member) Subject watanjoobi ni object ga hoshikunai desu. Question Form – anata no juunishi wa nan desuka. Question Form – tanjoobi ni nani ga hoshii desuka. Learning Outcomes CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDINGS - language occurs as a text SOCIALISING EXCHANGING INFORMATION / EXPRESSING FEELINGS NEGOTIATING MEANING PHONOLOGY AND SCRIPT GRAMMAR CONTINUUM What students need to know and understand The key message in simple texts (spoken and written) and the purpose of simple texts in familiar situations Uses text types for comprehension Expression and comprehension of simple texts incorporating previous knowledge. Congratulating a person for their birthday Asking about presents What students need to be able to do with what they know and understand Use previously taught vocab in new sentences. Express and comprehend using new sentence and question patterns. Read simple hiragana in single words. Vocab – otanjoobi omedetoo puresento wa nan desuka Expressing own/family birthdays and asking other people Expressing own/family Japanese birth sign and asking other people Expressing own wish for birthday present and asking about other people’s wishes Expressing more comprehensive opinions of likes and dislikes Asks for assistance using appropriate title Understands simple questions regarding ability e.g. Expressing understanding / lack thereof Expressing interest or lack of interest / uses simple responses to provide reasons Watashi/boku no tanjoobi wa juunigatsu hatsuka desu. Okaasan no juunishi wa tora desu Anata no tanjoobi wa nan desuka Anata no juunishi wa nan desuka boku wa tanjoobi ni X-Box ga hoshii desu. tanjoobi ni nani ga hoshii desuka watashi wa reality tv ga daikirai desu. sensei, sumimasen. Homework ga kirai desu. wakarimasu/wakarimasen hai / iie chigau / sekkai omoshiroii / tsumaranai desu PRONOUNCIATION & SCRIPT Learning Japanese involves learning to pronounce new sounds there are 5 vowel syllables in Japanese and 46 basic sounds written in hiragana Recognise hiragana is a phonetic script Omission of the pronoun if obvious from the context The interrogative structure Counters and numbers appropriate for months and dates Sentence types Use of particle - NI Use of possessive - NO Use of pronoun ANATA Use of questions – ITSU and NAN / NANI Understands Japanese is written using 3 different scripts Can correctly pronounce Vowels, K group, S group and T group Can correctly write and recognize vowels, K, S and T group hiragana. High frequency kanji – (numbers 1 -31) カタカナ names from name chart Boku no juunishi wa uma desu. Juunishi wa nan desuka. Okaasan no tanjoobi wa month date desu Tanjoobi ni nani ga hoshii desuka. anata no tanjoobi wa nan desuka. tanjoobi wa itsu desuka. Unit Title Time allocation Teacher/Year Level IT’S ALL ABOUT ME - Pt 2 TERM 3 YEAR 5 MACRO-ORGANISERS – Myself & People Around Me KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING In this unit, students will investigate Sentence pattern for expressing nationality and asking others about nationality. Sentence patterns for expressing pet ownership and asking others about owning pets. Begin to learn basic Japanese Hiragana script – continue to R group sounds Cross cultural investigations to notice and compare similarities and differences between Australia and Japan regarding traditional “Zodiac” systems. Extended vocabulary and sentence patterns expressing a wider range of opinions – likes and dislikes ASSESSMENT Teacher directed assessment eg. Listening tests, quizzes, partner work, role plays. Formal assessment of hiragana script (students can use hiragana work book). A short oral presentation about themselves. WAYS OF WORKING Relate their learning to their own lives by using 日 本 語 to express their nationality and that of other friends/students. Express their ownership of pets and interest in animals in both spoken and written Japanese. Construct simple cohesive, spoken and written, texts describing their knowledge of the topics to communicate with classmates in Japanese. Critically reflect and compare their own culture with respect to Japanese traditional “Zodiac” signs and expression of opinions. ADJUSTMENTS Adjust language to appropriate student level / prior level of learning. Use scribe or provide support for those students who find writing difficult. Explicit modelling of pronunciation, sentence patterns, vocab usage and hiragana script. Use Japanese sign language for non-verbal student TARGET LANGUAGE NEW VOCABULARY: Country names Suffix nationality – jin general vocab person - nin What – nani/nan birthsign – juunishi animal names of signs Verb - katte imasu Verb – katte imasen Verb – tabemasu & nomimasu Vocab - common pets Pet foods as relevant Pet - petto daisuki desu kirai desu daikirai desu pronoun – anata (you) particle – no (possessive) Pet Ownership Sentence patterns – Boku wa pet o katte imasu. Watashi wa pet o katte imasen. Anata wa pet o katte imasuka. Short form: Q Inu o katte imasuka. A hai, katte imasu. A iie, katte imasen. Boku no inu wa PAL o tabemasu. Inu wa yasai o tabemasen. Watashi no pette wa koohii o nomimasen. Likes / Dislikes Extension Verbs forms – daisuki desu kirai desu daikirai desu Nationality Sentence patterns – Boku wa nihon jin desu. Expressing Interest / Lack of interest: Adjectives - omoshiroii, tsumaranai Anata wa nanijin desuka. Japanese Birth Signs Sentence patterns – Boku/watashi no juunishi wa object desu. (self) Watashi wa oosutoraria jin desu. Fred wa amerika jin desu. Otoosan no juunishi wa object desu. (family member) Question Form – anata no juunishi wa nan desuka. Learning Outcomes What students need to know and understand CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDINGS - language occurs as a text The key message in simple texts (spoken and written) and the purpose of simple texts in familiar situations Uses text types for comprehension Expression and comprehension of simple texts incorporating previous knowledge. SOCIALISING EXCHANGING INFORMATION / EXPRESSING FEELINGS Use previously taught vocab in new sentences. Express and comprehend using new sentence and question patterns. Read and write basic hiragana in single words. Introduce students to Eng/Jap dictionary usage The key vocab and verb forms used in questions about pets, nationality and Japanese birth signs Respond appropriately using the specific vocab and or verb form in response to questions Watashi/boku wa igirisu jin desu. Watashi no juunishi wa tora desu Anata wa nanijin desuka Anata no juunishi wa nan desuka Boku wa neko o katte imasu Inu o katte imasuka watashi wa reality tv ga daikirai desu. wakarimasu/wakarimasen hai / iie chigau / sekkai omoshiroii / tsumaranai desu Petto o katte imasuka Anata wa nanijin desuka Anata no juunishi wa nan desuka PRONOUNCIATION & SCRIPT Learning Japanese involves learning to pronounce new sounds there are 5 vowel syllables in Japanese and 46 basic sounds written in hiragana Recognise hiragana is a phonetic script Understands Japanese is written using 3 different scripts Can correctly pronounce all basic syllable groups to R Can correctly write and recognize all basic kana to R group Recognise and write high frequency kanji – month, day Recognise and write new kanji - person カタカナ names from name chart Omission of the pronoun if obvious from the context The interrogative structure Sentence types Use of particle - NI Use of possessive - NO Use of pronoun ANATA Use of questions – ITSU and NAN / NANI Boku no juunishi wa uma desu. Juunishi wa nan desuka. Watashi wa tori o katte imasu. Petto wa nan desuka. Boku wa nihonjin desu. Anata wa nanijin desuka. Expressing own/others nationality Expressing own/family Japanese birth sign and asking other people Expressing own/asking about pet ownership Expressing more comprehensive opinions of likes and dislikes NEGOTIATING MEANING PHONOLOGY AND SCRIPT GRAMMAR CONTINUUM What students need to be able to do with what they know and understand Asks for information regarding others’ nationality, pets and Japanese birth signs Expressing information regarding own nationality, Japanese birthsign and pets. Expressing interest or lack of interest/ uses simple responses to provide reasons Unit Title Time allocation Teacher/Year Level I’M HUNGRY! TERM 4 YEAR 5 MACRO-ORGANISERS – Myself & People Around Me KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING In this unit, students will investigate Sentence patterns for expressing eating and drinking re: pets, animals and people. Sentence patterns for expressing food and drink consumption in Japan and Aust. Begin to learn basic Japanese Hiragana script – continue to R group sounds using Hiragana Workbooks Cross cultural investigations to notice and compare similarities and differences between Australia and Japan regarding traditional cuisines. Extended vocabulary (adjectives) and sentence patterns expressing a wider range of opinions – likes and dislikes. ASSESSMENT Teacher directed assessment eg. Listening tests, quizzes, partner work, role plays. Formal assessment of hiragana script (students can use hiragana work book). A short oral presentation about themselves. Listening comprehension test WAYS OF WORKING Relate their learning to their own lives by using 日本語 to express their diet and of other people & pets. Express their dietary habits in both spoken and written Japanese. Construct simple cohesive, spoken and written, texts describing their knowledge of the topics to communicate with classmates in Japanese. Critically reflect and compare their own culture with respect to Japanese traditional cuisine and expression of opinions. ADJUSTMENTS Adjust language to appropriate student level / prior level of learning. Use scribe or provide support for those students who find writing difficult. Explicit modelling of pronunciation, sentence patterns, vocab usage and hiragana script. Use Japanese sign lang. if able to do so and applicable to learning . TARGET LANGUAGE NEW VOCABULARY: Japanese Food – tabemono, sashimi, sushi, yakitori, gohan, ramen, misoshiro, tempura, pan, hamubaagaa, keeki, chokoretto, kudamono, yasai. Japanese Drinks – Nomimono, ocha, kooraa, koohii, juusu, mizu, miruku Verb – tabemasu & nomimasu (+/-)Adjectives – mazui, oishii Descriptors daisuki desu, suki desu, suki janai desu kirai desu daikirai desu Meals Voc – asagohan, hirugohan,bangohan Adverbs – futsu, tokidoki, zenzen. Eating and Drinking Sentence patterns – boku wa pizza o tabemasu. Likes / Dislikes Sentence patterns Watashi wa sushi ga suki desu. Sue wa yasai o tabemasen. yasai wa suki janai desu. nasu wa mazui desu. nihonjin wa sashimi o tabemasu. demo oosutoraria jin wa sashimi o tabemasen. kodomo wa koohii o nomimasen. fanta o nomimasu. boku no inu wa PAL o tabemasu. inu wa yasai o tabemasen. watashi no petto wa koohii o nomimasen. Customary Phrases itadakimasu gochisosama deshita hara ga peko peko desu. Nodo ga kawaita. Cultural Comparison – nihonjin wa futsu gohan o tabemasu. tempura wa oishii desu ne. oosutorariajin wa futsu pan o tabemasu. Expressing Preferences – Tom wa asagohan ni tosuto o tabemasu. Kenji wa ramen ga daisuki desu keredomo Tom wa ramen ga suki janai desu. Tom wa asagohan ni sashimi o zenzen tabemasen. Unit Title Time allocation Teacher/Year Level What I like and what I want TERM 1 YEAR 6 MACRO-ORGANISER – Myself KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING In this unit, students will investigate SOV sentence patterns can be applied in new contexts, for example: using texts to express desires Revise basic vocab and usage of colours, numbers and counting to 10000 using appropriate kanji, expressing likes/dislikes (more advanced verb forms), expressing “want/don’t want” using simple sentence patterns Familiar vocab and sentence patterns are used to generate original texts and construct simple, cohesive spoken and written texts to express desires and wants Listening for and locating known words to help make meanings: e.g., listening to others Writing hiragana script using modified sound groups – G, Z, D, B & P syllable groups. ASSESSMENT Teacher directed assessment / quizzes Listening tasks Assessment of student’s work in Hiragana workbooks. WAYS OF WORKING Relate their learning to their own lives by using 日本語 to ask their friends about what they what for birthday, likes and dislikes Construct simple cohesive, spoken and written texts as above Plan and adjust written language to suit the audience. Cross cultural investigations to notice and compare different sports and weekend activities in Japan and Australia ADJUSTMENTS Adjust language to appropriate student level / prior level of learning. Use scribe or provide support for those who find writing difficult. Explicit modelling. Limited Japanese signing for non-verbal student TARGET LANGUAGE REVISION: Greetings / Farewells おはようございます こんにちは こんばんは さようなら じゃまた ありがとう すみません 先生、分かりません、も う一同お願いします。 Polite expressions and vocab REVISION: Counting 一、二、三、四、五、六、 七、八、九、十 Age 何歳ですか。 ____歳です。 ____歳です。 Name お名前は何ですか 私は____です。 ぼくは____です。 さん・先生 Colours - noun and adjective form Likes / Dislikes ___が好きです。 _が好きじゃないです。 何が好きですか・ …daisuki desu kirai desu daikirai desu Expressing Interest / Lack of interest 面白い・つまらない いい・わるい 楽し・(そして・とても・ちょ っと) Verb – to want / don’t want (noun) Teach sentence pattern subject wa object ga hoshii desu subject wa object ga hoshikunai desu. Add time – tanjoobi (birthday) kurisumasu (Xmas) sotsugyoo (graduation) Sent patt. – tanjoobi ni boku wa kuruma ga hoshii desu Q. kurisumasu ni nani ga hoshii desuka Kanji Writing and reading kanji to 10,000 decoding numbers from numerals to kanji and reverse Learning Outcomes CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDINGS - language occurs as a text What students need to know and understand The key message in simple texts (spoken and written) and the purpose of simple texts in familiar situations (school and local community) Understands conventions of simple procedures/ recounts Asks and gives names of others Attracting attention Understands common expressions used to attract attention in the classroom Uses simple greetings as a form of welcome Gives simple responses to expression Simple expressions of apology with appropriate register Refers to people or things previously mentioned Describing things that are desired/ not desired Asks questions about likes/ dislikes and makes statements about preferred activities. Using simple responses to express likes / dislikes Uses simple linking words Expresses degrees of interest / lack of interest Asks for repetition and assistance using appropriate register Uses simple responses to demonstrate understanding / lack of understanding Uses simple expressions to seek clarification Expressing understanding / lack thereof Expressing interest or lack of interest / uses simple responses to provide reasons PRONOUNCIATION Pronounces basic 46 hiragana and 23 modified syllables. Know difference between 5 basic vowel sounds and 16 consonant sounds. Understands that Japanese words are written phonetically and pronounced as written SOCIALISING EXCHANGING INFORMATION / EXPRESSING FEELINGS NEGOTIATING MEANING PHONOLOGY AND SCRIPT GRAMMAR CONTINUUM Ommision of the pronoun if obvious from the context The interrogative structure Counters and numbers appropriate for age Sentence type – Subject Object Verb What students need to be able to do with what they know and understand simple greetings, conversations, simple introductions use specific vocab appropriately in sentences eg numbers, colours expresses simple desires expresses simple opinions – like or dislike 名前は何ですか ひろこさんです。 ブランヂス先生、すみません みんなさん、(こくばんを) 見て下さい。立ってくださ い。 友達の名前はひろこです。 なんさいですか。 何が好きですか。すもうが好きで す。私はじゅうどうが好きです。 私はロビンです。9さいです。 ブリスベンにすんでいます。 はい・いいえ。 先生、分かりません、もう一同お願いします。 分かりません・わかります 何・すみません テニスが好きですか。 わかりますか・わかりません はい・いいえ 面白い・つまらないです。 Ah, We Soon Get Old あ、い、う、え、お Understands Japanese is written using 3 different scripts, kanji, hiragana and katakana High frequency kanji – 一、二、十 (numbers 1 -10000) Can write words using basic and modified hiragana with use of chart or Hiragana workbook. こんばんは いいえ いちろ、ごめん 何をしますか。 どこにすんでいますか。 おすもうさんはおきいです。そし て強いです。 面白い・つまらない 何をしますか 私の友達です (ぼく・わたしは)トムです。9歳です。ブリスベンにすんでいます。 n ですか。/ 9 さいですか。 n はつまらないです。 (私は)すもうが好きです。 ひろこさんはクリケットをします・しません。 スポ−ツは何をしますか。 クリッケットがすきですか。はい・いいえ クリッケトが好きです。 スポーツは何が好きですか おもしろい・つまらないです。そしていいです。 Unit Title Time allocation Teacher/Year Level It Takes All Types TERM 2 YEAR 6 MACRO-ORGANISER – People Around Me KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING In this unit, students will investigate New sentence patterns using nouns and adjectives to physically describe self and others New verbs and vocabulary can be applied to previously taught sentence patterns to create new spoken/written texts describing actions Familiar linguistic features are used to generate original texts and construct simple, cohesive spoken and written texts to present a description of another person ASSESSMENT Teacher directed assessment / quizzes Oral presentation to teacher Written assessment of hiragana script Listening comprehension assessment WAYS OF WORKING Relate their learning to their own lives by using 日本語 to describe their activities, interests and daily life. Construct simple cohesive, spoken and written texts in hiragana. Plan and adjust written language to suit the audience. Cross cultural investigations to compare and contrast similar / different interests, activities and daily life between Japan and Australia ADJUSTMENTS Adjust language to appropriate student level / prior level of learning. Use scribe or provide support for those who find writing difficult. Explicit modelling of pronunciation, script, use of texts spoken & written. TARGET LANGUAGE NEW VOCABULARY: Verbs –mimasu, kikimasu, tabemasu, shimasu, ikimasu, yomimasu, nomimasu, kakimasu, aimasu, norimasu, kaimasu, ga daisuki desu, ga kirai desu, ga daikirai desu Particles – ni(time), ga(emphasis), Body - vocab face & body Adjectives – ookii, chiisai, mijikai, nagai, futsu, segatakai, segahikui, takasa ga futsu, hosoi, futoi Adj Colour - akage, kuroi, chairo, burondo, etc tomodachi BACKGROUND VOCAB: Verbs – ga suki desu ga suki janai desu Activities – hon, sampo, hirune, shukudai, terebi, geemu, eiga, kaimono, sooji, supootsu, ongaku Family members – Eg. otoosan, imooto, ane, jiijii etc Describing People – Sent. Patt. Person wa noun ga adjective desu eg Tom wa kami ga chairo desu. Describing Daily Life: Asking Information: boku wa suiei renshuu o shimasu. doko de IPAD o kaimasuka kyoo wa gakkoo ni ikimasen. itsu tomodachi ni aimasuka Q Tom wa kami ga nan iro desuka. eigakan de eiga o mimasu Multiple Sentence Descriptions of family members, friends, famous people – spoken and written Learning Outcomes What students need to know and understand CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDINGS - language occurs as a text SOCIALISING EXCHANGING INFORMATION / EXPRESSING FEELINGS PHONOLOGY AND SCRIPT GRAMMAR CONTINUUM Sentence patterns for expressing ability and inability Sentences patterns describing daily routines and daily life using vocab re: days of week, locations and activities Asking questions re: ability, daily life, activities, locations etc Conversational description of mutual acquaintances Anata no tomodachi wa me ga midori deshoo. Refers to people or things previously mentioned Makes statements about preferred activities. Expresses degrees of interest / lack of interest Describing and asking about habits, routine activities Providing physical description of a person Asking about another person’s description Fred wa ashi ga nagai soretomo mijikai desuka Apple Store de IPhone o kaimasu Fred wa sakkaa ga daisuki desu George wa me ga chairo desu Anna wa segatakai desuka. Uses simple responses to demonstrate understanding / lack of understanding Expressing understanding / lack thereof Expressing interest or lack of interest NEGOTIATING MEANING The key message in simple texts (spoken and written) and the purpose of simple texts in familiar situations (school and local community) Understands conventions of simple procedures / recounts Uses text types for composition spoken & written and comprehension What students need to be able to do with what they know and understand PRONOUNCIATION and Script Learning Japanese involves learning to pronounce new sounds – Modified syllables using tenten and maru and Compound syllables eg kya, kyu, kyo Learns compound hiragana script and usage to write words Ommision of the pronoun if obvious from the context The interrogative structure Sentence types re: physical description, daily actions Verbs use of present tense masu & masen forms Particles use of ni, mo, ga, & o 分かりません・わかります テニスが好きですか。 わかりますか・ はい・いいえ 面白い・つまらないです。 Uses modified hiragana syllables tenten and maru to write and read with correct pronunciation Uses compound syllables eg. sha in writing words and sentence patterns used with term 2 unit of work. nichiyoobi ni boku wa terebi o mimasu. Shukudai o mimasen. Kenji wa han aga nagai desu. Kami mo nagai desu. Kayoobi ni tomodachi ni aimasu. depaato de kaimomo o shimasu. Reiko wa me ga naniro desuka ? Reality tv ga kirai desu. Unit Title Time allocation Teacher/Year Level MY DAILY LIFE / MY FUTURE PLANS TERM 3 YEAR 6 MACRO-ORGANISER – People around me KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING In this unit, students will investigate Describing their daily activities using a variety of common verbs from a Japanese Verb List. Expressing their future occupation. Expressing their actions in present and future tense (positive and negative verb forms). Describing their abilities and expressing possibility. Understanding and using general expressions for time in their sentences. ASSESSMENT Teacher directed assessment eg listening tests, quizzes, partner activities, role plays. Oral presentation to teacher describing the students’ daily activities. Written assessment of hiragana script. Listening comprehension assessment. WAYS OF WORKING Relate their learning to their own lives by using 日本語 to describe themselves, friends and family members. Construct simple cohesive, spoken and written texts in hiragana. Plan and adjust the Japanese sentences according to the required tense of the language. ADJUSTMENTS Adjust language to appropriate student level / prior level of learning. Use scribe or provide support for those who find writing difficult. Explicit modelling of pronunciation, script, use of texts spoken & written. Differentiate writing tasks/assessment for students with limited exposure to hiragana script. TARGET LANGUAGE NEW VOCABULARY: Verbs : desu, tabemasu, nomimasu, shimasu, mimasu, kikmasu, ikimasu, yomimasu, kaimasu, norimasu, aimasu, dekimasu, asobi ni ikimasu, narimasu Particles - o, ni, ga, de Vocab : General Time Seasons, Days of Week, Months, everyday, on the weekend Present Tense – today, tonight, this week Future Tense – tomorrow, next week, next year, in the future Occupations : Common occupations and specific to student BACKGROUND : Vocab: Family members Sports Hobbies Present Tense: Mainichi watashi wa ipod o kikimasu. Expressing Ability : Watashi wa gitaa ga dekimasu. Natsu ni kuriketto o shimasu. Future Occupations: Vocab: Common occupations as suggested by students. Kyo Sam wa gakko ni ikimasen. Byoki desu. Shorai ni watashi wa oisha ni narimasu. Fred wa sakkaa ga dekimasuka. Future tense: Ashita watashi wa kaimono o shimasu. Raishuu boku wa kookoo ni ikimasu. Shorai ni boku wa ekaki ni narimasu. Shorai ni daigaku ni ikimasu. Boku wa dansu ga dekimasen. Expressing Possibility : Shorai ni watashi wa oisha san ni narimasu. Anata wa nani ni narimasuka. Kayobi ni Sue wa terebi o mimasen. Shukudai o shimasu. Learning Outcomes CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDINGS - language occurs as a text What students need to know and understand The key message in simple texts (spoken and written) and the purpose of simple texts in different tenses Understands the concepts & appropriate usage of present and future tense Understands conventions of speaking and writing using the Japanese Subject Object Verb sentence structure (S O V) Uses text types for composition spoken & written and comprehension SOCIALISING Making arrangements by asking simple questions EXCHANGING INFORMATION / EXPRESSING FEELINGS NEGOTIATING MEANING PHONOLOGY AND SCRIPT GRAMMAR CONTINUUM What students need to be able to do with what they know and understand Expressing ability and possibility Asking about ability and possibility Asking about daily activities Asking about future plans Asks/understands simple questions regarding ability Asks/ understands simple questions regarding possibility Asks/understands simple questions regarding daily activities – familiar verbs only Asks/understands simple questions regarding future occupations/plans. Asks/understands simple questions re: present and future time PRONOUNCIATION and Script Learning Japanese involves learning to pronounce new sounds – double vowel and double consonant syllables Recognizes and comprehends high frequency kanji – numbers and kanji for day, month Correct usage of present and future tense sentence patterns & vocab for time. The interrogative structure Sentence types re: ability/ possibility Conjunction use of soshite between two simple sentences. Particles use of ni, o, ga, de & wa. Sentence patterns for expressing ability and possiblity Sentences patterns for expressing present and future tense with familiar verbs Vocabulary – understand and use general time expressions in both present & future tense. Vocabulary – understand how to express vocab for occupations and new verbs in sentence patterns. Understand how to express their daily activities in positive/negative sentences using appropriate verbs. Using appropriate questions with the correct tense eg. Nanyobi ni eigakan e ikimasuka? Shumatsu ni nani o shimasuka ? Rainen watashi wa cheerleader ni narimasu. Anata wa piano ga dekimasuka Otoosan wa bengoshi desu. Shorai ni Bob wa kenchikuka ni narimasu. Hai, suiei ga dekimasu Sakkaa ga dekimasuka? Shorai ni boku wa sensei ni narimasu. Kinyobi ni golf o shimasuka? Rainen dono daigaku ni ikimasuka? Harry wa segatakai desuka. Correctly writes and pronounces words using double vowel and double consonant syllables Consolidates usage of all compound syllables eg. sha in writing words and sentence patterns used with term 3 unit of work. Ashita wa kaimono o shimasu Shorai ni bellydancer ni naritai desu. Anata wa piano ga dekimasuka? Kayobi ni shukudai o shimasu soshite terebi o mimasu. Chris wa computer animator ni narimasu. Unit Title Time allocation Teacher/Year Level GOING ON HOLIDAYS TERM 4 YEAR 6 MACRO-ORGANISER – WORLD AROUND ME KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING In this unit, students will investigate Describe their activities on their term trip to Canberra using past tense of verbs (positive and negative forms). Use vocabulary specific to past tense to express themselves in spoken and written form. Use a variety of present, past and future tense to describe their holiday plans and previous experiences. Use a wider range of descriptors to describe holiday destinations and activities in a positive and negative ways. Makes statements about preferred activities. ASSESSMENT Teacher directed assessment eg listening tests, quizzes, partner activities, role plays. Spoken presentation to teacher describing past and future holiday plans. Written assessment of hiragana script. Listening comprehension assessment. .WAYS OF WORKING Relate their learning to their own lives by using 日本語 to describe themselves, friends and family members. Construct simple cohesive, spoken and written texts in hiragana. Plan and adjust the Japanese sentences according to the required tense of the language. Describe and reflect upon personal holiday experiences. ADJUSTMENTS Adjust language to appropriate student level / prior level of learning. Use scribe or provide support for those who find writing difficult. Explicit modelling of pronunciation, script, use of texts spoken & written. Differentiate writing tasks/assessment for students with limited exposure to hiragana script TARGET LANGUAGE NEW VOCABULARY: Verbs : past tense verb forms mashita(positive) and masendeshita (negative) used with all verbs in Japanese Verb List Particles - o, ni, ga, de Vocab : Past Time – Kino, yuube, senshuu, kyonen, ototoi Descriptors: daisuki desu, suki desu, suki janai, kirai desu, daikirai desu Transport : hikooki, kuruma, densha, basu, fune BACKGROUND : Vocab: Family members Vocab – general time Vocab – present tense Vocab – future tense Past Tense: Holiday Plans Future Tense: Expressing Preferred Activity: Senshuu watashi wa kanbera ni ikimashita. rainen kazoku wa Bali ni ikimasu. sori ga daisuki desu hikooki de Bali ni ikimasu. sukii ga suki janai desu. kowai desuyo. Basu de kanbera ikimashita. kirai deshita. tsumaranai desu hikkoki de ikimashita. Question Vocab: War Memorial o mimashita. watashi wa saafin to suiei o shimasu. dare, nani, doko, dochira, itsu, naze (doshite), suki resoto de suki o shimashita. takusan omiyagi o kaimsu. mokuyoobi ni boku wa hon o kaimashita, pen o kaimasendeshita. The Arts At Windsor State School, all students engage in a classroom music program which is planned, implemented and assessed by a specialist music teacher. As our specialist music teacher had previously familiarised and documented use of The Australian Curriculum: The Arts, the Australian Curriculum has been used for Planning The Arts (Music) in 2016. Music has the capacity to engage, inspire and enrich all students, exciting the imagination and encouraging students to reach their creative and expressive potential. Skills and techniques developed through participation in music learning allow students to manipulate, express and share sound as listeners, composers and performers. Music learning has a significant impact on the cognitive, affective, motor, social and personal competencies of students. – Australian Curriculum: The Arts –Music For the teaching and assessing of The Arts in the classroom, a focus is placed on visual art. In 2016, we continue to use the Essential Learnings: The Arts for visual art. Students use their creativity, imagination and senses to express their observations, values and beliefs in personal and community contexts through Dance, Drama, Music, Media and Visual Art. They develop their aesthetic understandings of arts elements and languages. They create their own arts works and present and respond to their own and others’ arts works, considering different audiences and different purposes. They are aware that people of all ages and backgrounds choose to work in arts or arts-related careers. Students recognise that past and present experiences of artists influence the ways in which Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander knowledges, peoples, histories, cultures, protocols and relationships are represented and valued in Indigenous arts works. Students use the essential processes of Ways of working to develop and demonstrate their Knowledge and understanding. They develop their arts practice through active engagement, both individually and collaboratively, with arts elements, techniques, skills and processes, working creatively and imaginatively to take risks and to interpret the arts from their own experiences and those of other artists. They develop their interpretations of arts works and reflect on the creative process that has occurred within one or across many arts disciplines. Students select and use tools and technologies, including information and communication technologies (ICTs), in purposeful ways. They use ICTs as an integral component of their learning, to inquire and solve artistic problems, to create and present arts works, and to interpret and communicate within arts contexts. Students demonstrate evidence of their learning over time in relation to the following assessable elements: • knowledge and understanding • creating • presenting • responding • reflecting. The State of Queensland (Queensland Studies Authority) 2007 YEAR 1 VISUAL ARTS Visual Art involves using visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering particular audiences and particular purposes, through images and objects Unit 1 Students understand how the visual elements can be created and arranged to express ideas. Unit 2 Students understand how visual art tools, techniques and materials can be used in drawing, painting, printmaking, sculpture and mixed-media works in two and three dimensions. The visual elements include: line, shape, colour and texture. Identifies and creates different types of lines, shapes and textures Repeats marks to create textures (e.g. represents wool on sheep in a unit on farm animals) Collects and classifies ‘families’ of shapes and compares their characteristics. Arranges flat shapes in a collage Identifies the colours: red, blue, yellow, green, orange, purple, brown, black and white Makes ‘families’ of similar colours Unit 3 Unit 4 Students reflect on their selection and use of visual elements, tools, materials and techniques to fit their purpose and/or audience. Students respond to how artists in other times and places have used visual elements, tools, materials and techniques. Uses materials such as paint, oil pastels, charcoal and pencils to make marks Changes a surface (to look rough/fluffy/smooth) by twisting, stroking, pressing to make brush marks, printed marks, or indentations in clay; or by gluing on fabric and paper Line is used to suggest movement and direction Regular enclosed shapes are used to create categories and position Texture is used to create variation and repetition Colour schemes and mixed colours are used to create variation Reflects on their use of visual elements and tools (e.g. says ‘the charcoal lines look soft and smudgy so I made lots of small, curly lines for how the sheep’s wool feels’) By participating as creators and viewers, students understand that visual art enhances the lives of individuals and communities. Enjoys the creative process and connects with others through visual art Knows that visual images are part of daily life and express ideas Responds to others’ work by relating to their own experience and referring to visual elements, materials and techniques. (e.g. Looks at images of farm or zoo animals, pets, sea life) Focus artists/stimulus: Michael Johnson (marks) John Olsen (marks) Ian Fairweather (marks) William Robinson (farm animals) YEAR 2 VISUAL ARTS Visual Art involves using visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering particular audiences and particular purposes, through images and objects Unit 1 Students understand how the visual elements can be created and arranged to express ideas. The visual elements include: line, shape, colour and texture Unit 2 Unit 3 Students reflect on their selection and use of visual elements, tools, materials and techniques to fit their purpose and/or audience. Students respond to how artists in other times and places have used visual elements, tools, materials and techniques. Reflects on their use of visual elements and techniques (e.g. says ‘I printed lots of these for leaves on the tree; and I put the same tree behind the bird in each part of the story. When I overlapped blue and yellow ones it made green’) Uses larger brushes, crayons and paper to make fluid, sweeping lines; and smaller tools to make finer lines Uses printmaking and mixed media (e.g. creates a relief surface to ‘ink’ and print using string, dried glue, corrugated card; or uses foundobjects) Compares results of stamping/ ‘printmaking’ on a variety of surfaces (e.g. newspaper, wallpaper, wrapping paper, sandpaper) Uses their prints as a starting point (e.g. for a collage, draw onto prints, make patterns) Line is used to suggest movement and direction Regular enclosed and overlapped shapes are used to create categories and position Texture is used to create repetition Warm (red, orange, yellow) and cool (blue, green, purple) colour schemes are used to create tone and variation Investigates suitable settings to display their work to the school community (e.g. foyer, library, classroom) Unit 4 Students understand how the visual elements can be created and arranged to express ideas. The visual elements include: line, shape, colour and texture. Identifies ideas expressed in images and describes how visual elements, techniques and materials are used to tell stories Uses repetition to create sequence and overlap Places shapes in purposeful position Mixes colours that are warm, cool, light, dark Focus artists/stimulus: Jeannie Baker Artists from Torres Strait islands eg. Dennis Nona art styles used for storytelling drawn from myths and legends across cultures Creates lines to suggest movement and direction, experimenting with fast and slow actions in different directions By participating as creators and viewers, students understand that visual art enhances the lives of individuals and communities. Reflects on how visual art can be used to tell stories about their own others experiences YEAR 3 VISUAL ARTS Visual Art involves using visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering particular audiences and particular purposes, through images and objects. Unit 1 Students understand how the visual elements can be created and arranged to express ideas. The visual elements include: line, shape, colour and texture. Draws or paints lines to suggest force or energy, using strong/ weak movements of their hand and whole arm. Identifies and describes closed and open shapes Creates closed and open shapes. Draws the shape and draws the shape of the space inside it Collects, creates and describes regular and irregular shapes and notices how it feels to be balanced with their weight evenly distributed Uses variations of colour including: - warm colours to suggest energy and cool colours to suggest calmness - strong colours with little water added, and weak colours with lots of water added Creates sculptures (e.g. dragons, insects) that are lively and energetic or calm and at rest Unit 2 Students understand how visual art tools, techniques and materials can be used in drawing, painting, printmaking, sculpture and mixed-media works in two and three dimensions. Starts by rolling clay into a solid ball/cylinder for a stable base to model Experiments with squashing, pulling, pushing clay Makes stable joins by pressing pieces of clay together and blending clay over the join Makes open shapes that enclose space by pinching, combining or coils, joining slabs Embellishes the surface with textures, or paints on smooth clay when dry Warm and cool colour schemes, and mixed and complementary colours, are used to create tone and variation. Line is used to suggest movement and direction. Regular, irregular, open, enclosed, overlapped and adjacent shapes are used to create categories and position. Texture is used to create variation and repetition. Unit 3 Students reflect on their selection and use of visual elements, tools, materials and techniques to fit their purpose and/or audience. Describes feel of material, what they did with it and the results. (e.g. says ‘When I squeezed it between my fingers bits stuck out like spikes. I pinched the clay to make a nest. I draped a piece over a rock, so it dried like a tired, droopy hammock’) Reflects on the benefits of particular tools (e.g. says ‘I dug out bits with a stick so my dragon is knobbly. I changed open shapes to closed ones really easily on the computer’) Unit 4 Students respond to how artists in other times and places have used visual elements, tools, materials and techniques. Responds to visual art of different cultures including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander cultures Shows sensitivity and respect when experiencing arts works Understands some of the protocols regarding indigenous art Focus artists/stimulus: representations of dragons used in ancient Persia, China, Turkey and Egypt Christopher Trotter (Qld) assembles ‘found’ materials into – animals, insects – for public environments By participating as creators and viewers, students understand that visual art enhances the lives of individuals and communities. YEAR 4 VISUAL ARTS Visual Art involves selecting visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering different audiences and different purposes, through images and objects. Unit 1 Students understand how the visual elements can be created and arranged to express ideas. Students understand how visual art tools, techniques and materials can be used in drawing, painting, printmaking, sculpture and mixed-media works in two and three dimensions. The visual elements include: line, shape, colour and texture. Arranges shapes to explore proximity in space Investigates symmetry (formal balance): identifies symmetrical structures (e.g. formal public buildings that suggest order, stability, security, formality) makes symmetrical patterns • Unit 2 Encloses, fills or changes a space using cardboard, fabric, wire Unit 3 Students reflect on their selection and use of visual elements, tools, materials and techniques to fit their purpose and/or audience. Is aware that some artworks are flat (two-dimensional) and some are three-dimensional; some are still and some can move string, boxes, desks Investigates asymmetrical balance Constructs an installation By participating as creators and viewers, students understand that visual art enhances the lives of individuals and communities. Understands that visual arts provide opportunities for people to entertain or enjoy themselves Explores and selects suitable ways of combining, joining and changing materials (e.g. stapling, knotting, braiding, stitching, slotting, stacking, bridging, balancing) Considers stability, safety, size (e.g. moving parts, entries/ exits, transparency & interplay of light and colour) Decorates with organic and manufactured materials (e.g. bark, leaves, textiles, paper, paint, balloons) Continuous and broken lines are used to create balance, contrast, space and patterns Curved, angular, symmetrical, asymmetrical and overlapping shapes are used to create balance, contrast and patterns Texture creates contrast and patterns using lines, rubbings and markings Decides on a suitable setting to display their constructions (e.g. school foyer, community centre, council library) by considering who they would like to see the work and the amount of space required Unit 4 Students respond to how artists in other times and places have used visual elements, tools, materials and techniques. Examines and describes structures made to fit a particular space or environment Describes the ways artists have used materials to express ideas Focus artist/stimulus: visual artists who use environmental spaces e.g. Christo, Andy Goldsworthy Alexander Calder Reggio Emelio Michael Doolan Hindu iconography in sculptures such as Nataraja YEAR 5 VISUAL ARTS Visual Art involves selecting visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering different audiences and different purposes, through images and objects. Unit 1 Students understand how the visual elements can be created and arranged to express ideas. The visual elements include: line, shape, colour and texture. Identifies contrasts in environment and art works Creates contrasting texture and tone by drawing continuous, broken and hatched lines; and with rubbings or prints Explores similar and contrasting tones by adding black to a colour to create shades and by adding colour to white to create tints Represents contrasting conditions and uses contrast to draw attention to the most important part of their image Uses contrast to communicate a message in a poster, advertisement, or art work Unit 2 Students understand how visual art tools, techniques and materials can be used in drawing, painting, printmaking, sculpture and mixed-media works in two and three dimensions. Colour shades (adding black to a colour) and tints (adding colour to white) are used to create balance, contrast and patterns. Continuous, broken and hatched lines are used to create balance, contrast, space and patterns. Curved, angular, symmetrical, asymmetrical and overlapping shapes are used to create balance, contrast and patterns. • Texture creates contrast and patterns using lines, rubbings and markings. Unit 3 Unit 4 Students reflect on their selection and use Students respond to how artists in other times and places have used visual of visual elements, tools, materials and elements, tools, materials and techniques. techniques to fit their purpose and/or audience. Describes how they used contrast in their work Explores a variety of ways of presenting their art works (e.g. as part of a performance) Selects and combines contrasting materials to help suggest contrasting ideas e.g. stiff cardboard, wood, polystyrene foam, plastic, toothpicks and flexible florist wire, fabric, fly screen Combines ‘found object’ to create a wearable object (e.g. a necklace of feathers with buttons, or shells with straws) Responds to several visual art works from the same time and/or place and identifies similarities Understands some of the reasons for protocols relating to indigenous art. Focus artist /stimulus: Makes stamp prints or rubbings with a range of ‘found objects’. Repeats with variation (e.g. uses a different action) By participating as creators and viewers, students understand that visual art enhances the lives of individuals and communities. Understands that visual art can express, record and pass on community values and knowledge across generations and communities Colin McCahon Bert Flugelman Robert MacPherson Akio Makigawa YEAR 6 VISUAL ARTS • Visual Art involves modifying visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering intended audiences and intended purposes, through images and objects. Unit 1 Students understand how the visual elements can be created and arranged to express ideas. Recognises that shapes and spaces can appear two-dimensional or 3-D Students understand how visual art tools, techniques and materials can be used in drawing, painting, printmaking, sculpture and mixed-media works in two and three dimensions. Suggests depth or distance on a flat surface Creates a likeness by accurately observing and drawing or painting the: edges or contours of shapes (positive shape) shape of spaces in-between objects (negative space) light & shadow, and tonal shades within shadows to suggest objects are solid/ 3dimensional Completes a series of works to represent the way a familiar landscape looks by accurately observing its shapes and spaces and by suggesting depth and distances Unit 2 The visual elements include: line, shape, colour and texture. Blended and controlled colour is used to create depth and representation Negative space and positive shape are used to create proportion Descriptive and emotive lines are used to create abstraction and proportion Actual and invented textures are used to create depth and representation Unit 3 Students reflect on their selection and use of visual elements, tools, materials and techniques to fit their purpose and/or audience. Uses a visual/written diary to record and Experiments with particular tools (e.g. pencil, charcoal, paint) and techniques to create tone and suggest depth and distance Manipulates light in digital photographs to suggest depth Unit 4 Students respond to how artists in other times and places have used visual elements, tools, materials and techniques. Recognises that there are different art styles (e.g. compares different styles of landscape painting and identifies the influence of their particular time &/or place) reflect on their process of completing their landscape series Discusses choices of particular tools and techniques to create tone and to suggest depth and distance Reflects on what they learned for future use By participating as creators and viewers, students understand that visual art enhances the lives of individuals and communities. Knows that visual art can offer different perspectives and representations of events, experiences and relationships Focus artist /stimulus: French impressionists: Claude Monet, Georges Seurat, Paul Cezanne Use of space and line in traditional Chinese scroll paintings Australian landscape artists over time: John Glover, Tom Roberts, Fred Williams, John Olsen, William Robinson, John Wolseley, Kathleen Petyarre A local artist to visit the classroom and share ideas. Year 1 The Arts (Visual Arts) Queensland Curriculum: Essential Learnings Scope and Sequence Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Visual Art involves using visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering particular audiences and particular purposes, through images and objects. Visual Art involves using visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering particular audiences and particular purposes, through images and objects. Visual Art involves using visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering particular audiences and particular purposes, through images and objects. Visual Art involves selecting visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering different audiences and different purposes, through images and objects. Visual Art involves selecting visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering different audiences and different purposes, through images and objects. Visual Art involves modifying visual arts elements, concepts, processes and forms (both 2D and 3D) to express ideas, considering intended audiences and intended purposes, through images and objects. Warm (red, orange, yellow) and cool (blue, green, purple) colour schemes, and mixed and complementary colours, are used to create tone and variation Warm (red, orange, yellow) and cool (blue, green, purple) colour schemes, and mixed and complementary colours, are used to create tone and variation Warm (red, orange, yellow) and cool (blue, green, purple) colour schemes, and mixed and complementary colours, are used to create tone and variation Colour shades (adding black to a colour) and tints (adding colour to white) are used to create balance, contrast and patterns Colour shades (adding black to a colour) and tints (adding colour to white) are used to create balance, contrast and patterns Blended, controlled and symbolic colour is used to create depth, representation and symbolism Line is used to suggest movement and direction Line is used to suggest movement and direction Line is used to suggest movement and direction Continuous, broken and hatched lines are used to create balance, contrast, space and patterns Continuous, broken and hatched lines are used to create balance, contrast, space and patterns Descriptive and emotive lines are used to create abstraction, proportion and symbolism Regular, irregular, open, enclosed, overlapped and adjacent shapes are used to create categories and position Regular, irregular, open, enclosed, overlapped and adjacent shapes are used to create categories and position Regular, irregular, open, enclosed, overlapped and adjacent shapes are used to create categories and position Curved, angular, symmetrical, asymmetrical and overlapping shapes are used to create balance, contrast and patterns Curved, angular, symmetrical, asymmetrical and overlapping shapes are used to create balance, contrast and patterns Texture is used to create variation and repetition Texture is used to create variation and repetition Texture is used to create variation and repetition Texture creates contrast and patterns using lines, rubbings and markings Texture creates contrast and patterns using lines, rubbings and markings Negative space and positive shape are used to create abstraction, nonrepresentation and proportion Actual, invented and simulated textures are used to create depth, representation and non-representation MUSIC – YEAR 1 MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 1 - Year 1, Semester 1 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW Element of Music © David Hooper 2015 Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Task Task No: When Page No: Sing a repertoire of chants, songs and rhymes Perform beat using body percussion while singing known song in tune 4 Term 2, Wk 1+4 N/A ACAMUR083 Respond to music Identify fast/slow by listening to recorded music 2 Term 1, Wk 6 p11 Demonstrate aural skills ACAMUM080 Develop aural skills by exploring pitch patterns Find the 4-note high/low patterns played by teacher 5 Term 2, Wk 3 p16 Pitch matching Demonstrate aural skills by staying in tune when they sing ACAMUM082 Perform music to communicate ideas to an audience Echo sing pitch patterns sung by teacher to a neutral syllable 3 Term 1, Wk 8 N/A Dynamics and Expression Loud/Soft Communicate about the music they listen to ACAMUR083 Respond to music Identify loud/soft by listening to recorded music 1 Term 1, Wk 4 p7 Form Patterns Not assessed Timbre Speaking and Singing voice Demonstrate aural skills by keeping in time when they sing and play ACAMUM081 Sing a repertoire of chants, songs and rhymes Perform beat using body percussion while singing known song in tune 4 Term 2, Wk 1+4 N/A Texture Beat + Song Demonstrate aural skills by keeping in time when they sing and play ACAMUM081 Sing a repertoire of chants, songs and rhymes Perform beat using body percussion while singing known song in tune 4 Term 2, Wk 1+4 N/A Task Task No: When Page No: Sing from memory a known song in time names (ta & te-te) while tapping beat 10 Term 3, Wk 8 N/A 9 Term 3, Wk 6 p31 7 Term 2, Wk 8 p24 Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard Content Description Beat, Beat & Rhythm Demonstrate aural skills by keeping in time when they sing and play ACAMUM081 Fast/Slow Students communicate about the music they listen to Pitch direction, High/Low Rhythm Pitch MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 1 - Year 1, Semester 2 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW Element of Music Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard Beat & Rhythm Demonstrate aural skills by staying in tune and keeping in time when they sing and play ta & te-te Students communicate about the music they listen to Pitch so & me Students compose and perform music Dynamics and Expression Not assessed Form Same & Different Rhythm Students communicate about the music they listen to, make and perform Timbre Untuned classroom percussion Demonstrate aural skills by keeping in time when they play Texture Thick & Thin Not assessed © David Hooper 2015 Content Description Develop aural skills by exploring and imitating sounds, pitch and ACAMUM080 rhythm patterns using voice, movement and body percussion Develop aural skills by exploring ACAMUM080 rhythm patterns Create compositions and to ACAMUM082 communicate ideas to an audience Three rhythm dictations using ta & te-te, each 4 beats long Students compose and perform high/low patterns ACAMUR083 Respond to music Perform song and change actions on each new phrase with class 6 Term 2, Wk 7 N/A ACAMUM081 Play instruments to practise a repertoire of chants, songs and rhymes In small groups students perform given rhythm patterns using classroom percussion 8 Term 3, Wk 6 p30 MUSIC – YEAR 2 MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 2 - Year 2, Semester 1 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW Element of Music © David Hooper 2015 Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard za Rhythm Content Description Develop aural skills by exploring ACAMUM080 rhythm patterns Demonstrate aural skills Communicate about the music they make Task Task No: When Page No: Three rhythmic dictations using ta, te-te and za, each up to 8 beats long 4 Term 2, Wk 4 p23 ACAMUM082 Create compositions to communicate ideas to an audience Compose short rhythmic compositions according to the given metre 3 Term 2, Wk 3 p21 Demonstrate aural skills by staying in tune when they sing ACAMUM080 Develop aural skills by exploring and imitating pitch patterns using voice Echo sing a so, me, la pattern played by teacher on piano 2 Term 1, Wk 8 N/A 2 & 3 metre Students compose and arrange music Pitch so, me, la Dynamics and Expression Not assessed Form Repitition and Echo Demonstrate aural skills by staying in tune when they sing ACAMUM080 Develop aural skills by exploring and imitating pitch patterns using voice Echo sing a so, me, la pattern played by teacher on piano 2 Term 1, Wk 8 N/A Timbre Widely contrasting instruments Communicate about the music they listen to ACAMUR083 Respond to music Identify widely contrasting instruments by tone colour and describe how the sounds are made 5 Term 2, Wk 6 p24 Demonstrate aural skills by keeping in time when they sing and play ACAMUM081 Sing and play instruments to practise a repertoire of chants, songs and rhymes Perform a 4 beat ostinato using ta & te-te as an accompaniment while the class sings a known song 1 Term 1, Wk 6 N/A Task Task No: When Page No: Melody unison Texture Melody and accompaniment MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 2 - Year 2, Semester 2 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW © David Hooper 2015 Element of Music Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard Content Description Rhythm Too (minim) Demonstrate aural skills ACAMUM080 Develop aural skills by exploring rhythm patterns Five rhythm dictations clapped by teacher (ta, te-te, za, too) up to 6 beats long 9 Term 4, Wk 3 p40 Pitch so, me, la using staff notation Students arrange music ACAMUM082 Communicate ideas to an audience Rewrite melodic pattern from stick notation to staff notation (me, so, la) 10 Term 4, Wk 3 p41 Dynamics and Expression p (soft) & f (loud) Communicate about the music they listen to ACAMUR083 Respond to music Identify p (soft) and f (loud) in recorded examples 7 Term 3, Wk 5 p33 Introduction Not assessed Round/Canon Demonstrate aural skills by keeping in time when they play ACAMUM0 80 Develop aural skills by exploring and imitating rhythm patterns using movement and body percussion In pairs clap an 8 beat rhythm in canon (ta, te-te, za, too) 8 Term 3, Wk 8 N/A Timbre 2 or 3 voices singing together Not assessed Texture Drone Students communicate about the music they make and perform Students improvise and perform music ACAMUM081 Sing and play instruments to improvise Perform an improvised 4 beat rhythmic ostinato on tuned percussion (drone) while the class sings a known song (ta, te-te, za) 6 Term 3, Wk 4 N/A Form MUSIC – YEAR 3 MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 3 - Year 3, Semester 1 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW Element of Music Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard Rhythm Tika-tika Treble clef on the staff Pitch do (in addition to m, s, l) © David Hooper 2015 Content Description Develop aural skills by recognising ACAMUM084 elements of music including rhythm patterns Recognising elements of music ACAMUM084 including pitch and rhythm patterns Create and record compositions by selecting and organising sounds ACAMUM086 Using notation to represent sound and record ideas Demonstrate aural skills with accurate rhythm Students arrange sound and silence in music that communicates ideas Students compose and arrange sound and silence in music that communicates ideas They discuss how they and others use the elements of music in performance and composition Not assessed Dynamics Form Steps & Skips Not assessed Not assessed Timbre Percussion instruments Students describe similarities and differences between music they listen to ACAMUR087 Texture Combining 2 or more parts Demonstrate aural skills by playing instruments with accurate rhythm ACAMUM085 MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 3 - Year 3, Semester 2 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW Element of Music 2/4, 3/4, 4/4 Compose and arrange sound and silence in music that communicates ideas Tempo changes Pitch Task No: When Page No: Four rhythmic dictations (ta, te-te, za, too, tika-tika) up to 8 beats long 5 Term 2, Wk 4 p21 3 Term 2, Wk 1 p17 4 Term 2, Wk 2 p19 Identify percussion instruments by tone colour from recording 1 Term 1, Wk 7 p13 In pairs clap an 8 beat rhythm in canon (ta, te-te, za, too, tika-tika) 2 Term 1, Wk 8 N/A Task Task No: When Page No: Identify whether recorded examples are in 3/4 or 4/4 9 Term 3, Wk 8 p39 Compose their own 'Pictures at an Exhibition' rhythm using different metres 11 Term 4, Wk 2 p44 Sing a known song individually in solfa (d, r, m, s, l) 7 Term 3, Wk 6 N/A Three pitch dictations to given rhythms (d, r, m, s, l) 10 Term 3, Wk 8 p40 Rewrite known song from stick notation to staff notation (d, m, s, l) Create, notate and perform a d, m, s, l melody from given pitch and rhythm components, then comment on their composition © David Hooper 2015 Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard Describe similarities and differences between music they listen to Rhythm Identify intended purposes and meanings as they listen to music using the elements of music to make comparisons Playing instruments using elements of music including rhythm and form Task Content Description Develop aural skills by recognising ACAMUM084 elements of music including rhythm patterns Create, perform and record ACAMUM086 compositions by selecting and organising sounds and silence Not assessed Demonstrate aural skills by singing with accurate pitch ACAMUM085 Demonstrate aural skills ACAMUM084 re (in addition to d, m, s, l) forming do pentatonic Practise singing using elements of music including rhythm, pitch, dynamics and form in a range of pieces Develop aural skills by recognising elements of music including pitch patterns Dynamics Not assessed Form Call & Response Improvise sound, silence, and volume in music that communicates ideas ACAMUM086 Create and perform compositions by selecting and organising sounds, silence and volume Clap an improvised rhythm "answer" in response to teacher's rhythm "question" (ta, te- te, za, too, tika-tika) 6 Term 2, Wk 6 N/A Timbre String instruments Describe similarities and differences between music they listen to Discuss how others use the elements of music in composition ACAMUR087 Identify meanings as they listen to music using the elements of music to make comparisons Identify string instruments by tone colour from recording 8 Term 3, Wk 7 p37 Texture Not assessed MUSIC – YEAR 4 MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 4 Recorder Version - Year 4, Semester 1 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW Element of Music Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard Rhythm Ostinatos G, A, B on recorder Pitch do pentatonic (d, r, m, s, l) Dynamics and Expression Smooth and Detached Form Binary and Ternary Timbre Woodwind instruments Texture Not assessed Demonstrate aural skills by playing instruments with accurate rhythm Discuss how others use the elements of music in composition Demonstrate aural skills by playing instruments with accurate pitch, rhythm and expression Describe similarities and differences between music they listen to Describe similarities and differences between music they listen to Discuss how others use the elements of music in performance and composition Students describe similarities and differences between music they compose Students compose and arrange music that communicates ideas Describe similarities and differences between music they listen to Discuss how others use the elements of music in performance and composition Content Description Practise singing and playing instruments ACAMUM085 using elements of music including rhythm and form Practise playing instruments using elements of music including rhythm, ACAMUM085 pitch, dynamics and form in a range of pieces Develop aural skills by recognising ACAMUM084 elements of music including pitch Rhythm Pitch Dynamics Form Timbre Texture Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard Describe similarities and differences between music te-tika & tika-te they listen to Discuss how they use the elements of music in composition High do Compose and arrange sound and silence in music that communicates ideas Discuss how they and others use the elements of music in performance G, A, B, C, D on recorder Demonstrate aural skills by playing instruments with accurate pitch, rhythm and expression Discuss how they and others use the elements of music in performance Low D, E, G, A, B, C, D on recorder Demonstrate aural skills by playing instruments with accurate pitch, rhythm and expression pp, ff, de/crescendo, Not assessed Not assessed Describe similarities and differences between music they listen to Related woodwind instruments Discuss how others use the elements of music in performance and composition Not assessed Task Task No: When Page No: Individually perform a 4 beat ostinato while class sings a known song (ta, te- te, za, too, tika-tika) 1 Term 1, Wk 6 N/A Individually play a known song on recorder using notes G, A, B (Blue Star) 3 Term 1, Wk 8 p17 Four pentatonic pitch dictations (d, r, m, s, l) 4 Term 2, Wk 3 p22 ACAMUR087 Listen to music using the elements of music to make comparisons Identify woodwind instruments by tone colour from recordings and describe each sound as either "smooth" or "detached" 2 Term 1, Wk 7 p16 ACAMUM086 Create and record compositions by selecting and organising sounds and silence Compose a rhythm composition in 4/4 in Ternary form using ta, te-te, za, too, tikatika, dotted minim, semibreve 5 Term 2, Wk 4 p24 ACAMUR087 Listen to music using the elements of music to make comparisons Identify woodwind instruments by tone colour from recordings and describe each sound as either "smooth" or "detached" 2 Term 1, Wk 7 p16 Task Task No: When Page No: MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 4 Recorder Version - Year 4, Semester 2 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW Element of Music © David Hooper 2015 © David Hooper 2015 Content Description ACAMUM084 Develop aural skills by recognising elements of music including rhythm patterns Five rhythmic dictations up to 8 beats each (ta, te-te, za, too, tika-tika, te-tika & tika-te) 9 Term 4, Wk 1 p45 ACAMUM086 Create and record compositions by selecting and organising sounds, silence Compose a melody using a given rhythm then notate using staff notation (d, r, m, s, l, d') 10 Term 4, Wk 3 p50 Individually play a known song on recorder using notes G, A, B, C, D (Green Star) 6 Term 2, Wk 8 p29 Individually play a known song on recorder using notes low D, E, G, A, B (Red Star) 8 Term 3, Wk 8 p44 Identify related woodwind instruments by tone colour from recordings and describe each sound as either "smooth" or "detached" 7 Term 3, Wk 7 p43 ACAMUM085 ACAMUM085 ACAMUR087 Practise playing instruments using elements of music including rhythm, pitch, dynamics and form in a range of pieces Practise playing instruments using elements of music including rhythm, pitch, dynamics and form in a range of pieces Listen to music using the elements of music to make comparisons MUSIC – YEAR 5 MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 5 Recorder & Keyboard Version - Year 5, Semester 1 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW Element of Music Rhythm Pitch Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard tam, te-te-te, ta-te & Use rhythm symbols and terminology zam in 6/8 Use rhythm, pitch and form symbols and terminology to F and middle C on perform music recorder (giving C, D, E, Play music in different styles, demonstrating aural, technical F, G, A, B, C, D) & expressive skills by playing instruments with accurate pitch, Content Description Use aural skills to identify rhythm ACAMUM088 patterns Dynamics and Expression Use pitch symbols and terminology Five pitch dictations using s,l,drmsld' 3 Term 2, Wk 2 p28 ACAMUR091 Explain how the elements of music communicate meaning by comparing music from different contexts Identify brass instruments by tone colour from recordings and describe each sound as either pp, p, f or ff 1 Term 1, Wk 7 p21 Rehearse and perform music including music they have composed by sourcing and arranging ideas Explain how the elements of music communicate meaning by comparing music from different contexts Compose 3 ostinatos using tam, te-te-te, ta-te, & zam to be used to accompany a known 6/8 song Identify brass instruments by tone colour from recordings and describe each sound as either pp, p, f or ff 5 Term 2, Wk 4 p32 1 Term 1, Wk 7 p21 Task Task No: When Page No: Five rhythmic dictations using tam, te-te-te, tate, zam & tika-tika-tika 10 Term 4, Wk 4 p66 Timbre Brass instruments Explain how the elements of music are used to communicate meaning in the music they listen to ACAMUR091 Texture Not assessed MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 5 Recorder & Keyboard Version - Year 5, Semester 2 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW Pitch C, D, E, F, G on keyboard Dynamics and Expression Staccato & Legato Explain how the elements of music are used to communicate meaning in the music they listen to Form Phrases Not assessed Timbre Keyboard instruments and electronic sounds Explain how the elements of music are used to communicate meaning in the music they listen to Texture Not assessed © David Hooper 2015 Content Description Use aural skills to identify rhythm ACAMUM088 patterns Use rhythm, pitch & form symbols & terms to perform music Play music in different styles, demonstrating aural, technical and expressive skills by playing instruments with accurate pitch, rhythm and expression in performances for audiences Use rhythm, pitch and form symbols and terminology to compose music Use rhythm, pitch and form symbols and terminology to perform music Play music in different styles, demonstrating aural, technical and expressive skills by playing instruments with accurate pitch, rhythm and expression in performances for audiences p31 Use aural skills to identify pitch patterns ACAMUM090 F sharp and B flat on recorder (giving C, D, E, F, F sharp, G, A, B flat, B, C, D) Term 2, Wk 3 ACAMUM088 Use rhythm symbols and terminology to compose music Use rhythm symbols and terminology 4 p23 Ostinato tika-tika-tika Five rhythmic dictations using tam, te-te-te, tate & zam Term 1, Wk 8 Not assessed Rhythm Page No: 2 Phrases Element of Music When Individually play a known song on recorder using notes C, D, E, F, G, A, C (Silver Star) Explain how the elements of music are used to communicate meaning in the music they listen to Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard Task No: Develop technical and expressive skills in playing instruments with understanding of rhythm, pitch and form in a range of pieces pp, p, f, ff (revise) Form Task ACAMUM089 rhythm & expression in performances for audiences low so & low la (making extended do pentatonic) © David Hooper 2015 ACAMUM089 Develop technical and expressive skills in playing instruments with understanding of rhythm, pitch and form in a range of pieces Individually play a known song on recorder including new notes F sharp and B flat (Gold Star) 6 Term 2, Wk 8 p39 ACAMUM090 Compose by sourcing, arranging & making decisions to engage audience Compose and notate a melody using notes C, D, E, F, G 8 Term 3, Wk 7 p55 ACAMUM089 Develop technical and expressive skills in playing instruments with understanding of rhythm, pitch and form in a range of pieces Individually play a known song on keyboard (right hand only) using notes C, D, E, F, G (Blue Star) 9 Term 3, Wk 8 p57 ACAMUR091 Explain how the elements of music communicate meaning by comparing music from different contexts Identify keyboard instruments by tone colour from recordings and describe each sound as either "staccato" or "legato" and pp, p, f or ff 7 Term 3, Wk 6 p51 ACAMUR091 Explain how the elements of music communicate meaning by comparing music from different contexts Identify keyboard instruments by tone colour from recordings and describe each sound as either "staccato" or "legato" and pp, p, f or ff 7 Term 3, Wk 6 p51 MUSIC – YEAR 6 MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 6 - Year 6, Semester 1 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW Element of Music Rhythm Pitch Dynamics Form Timbre & Texture © David Hooper 2015 Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard Content Description Students explain how the elements of music are used to Compose by improvising, sourcing and communicate meaning in the music they compose tam-te ACAMUM090 arranging ideas and making decisions to Students use rhythm, pitch and form symbols and engage an audience terminology to compose music Use aural skills to identify rhythm syn-co-pa Use rhythm symbols and terminology ACAMUM088 patterns la pentatonic Students use pitch symbols and terminology ACAMUM088 Use aural skills to identify pitch patterns Use rhythm, pitch and form symbols and terminology to perform music 5-note patterns on Develop technical and expressive skills keyboard: C, D, E, F, in playing instruments with Play music in different styles, demonstrating aural, ACAMUM089 G D, E, F#, G, A F, G, understanding of rhythm, pitch and form technical and expressive skills by playing instruments A, Bb, C G, A, Bb, C, D in a range of pieces with accurate pitch, rhythm and expression in performances for audiences Not assessed Students explain how the elements of music are used to Explain how the elements of music communicate meaning in the music they listen to communicate meaning by comparing Theme/Motif ACAMUR091 Describe how their music making is influenced by music music from different social, cultural and and performances from different cultures, times and historical contexts places Not assessed Task Task No: When Page No: Compose a Binary form melody using the notes of do extended pentatonic and including tam-te 3 Term 2, Wk 3 p28 Five rhythmic dictations using tam-te and syncopa 2 Term 2, Wk 2 p25 Five pitch dictations using the notes of la pentatonic 5 Term 2, Wk 4 p31 Individually play a known song on keyboard (right hand only) using notes D, E, F#, G, A (Red Star) 1 Term 1, Wk 8 p19 Identify the country of origin of five known folk songs played by teacher 4 Term 2, Wk 4 p30 Task Task No: When Page No: Individually play a known song on keyboard (right & left hands separately) using tam-te and syn-co-pa (Silver Star) 6 Term 2, Wk 8 p38 MY MINI MUSIC BOOK 6 - Year 6, Semester 2 ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW Element of Music Rhythm © David Hooper 2015 Adapted from The Australian Curriculum: The Arts Knowledge or Skill Achievement Standard Content Description Use rhythm, pitch and form symbols and terminology to Develop technical and expressive skills All rhythms learned, perform music in playing instruments with focusing on tam-te and ACAMUM089 Play music in different styles, demonstrating aural, technical understanding of rhythm, pitch and form syn-co-pa & expressive skills by playing instruments with accurate pitch, in a range of pieces rhythm & expression in performances for audiences fa & ti (making the Major scale) Arpeggio Pitch Bass clef Students use pitch symbols and terminology Not assessed Use rhythm, pitch and form symbols and terminology to perform music Play music in different styles, demonstrating aural, technical and expressive skills by playing instruments with accurate pitch, rhythm and expression in performances for audiences ACAMUM088 Use aural skills to identify pitch patterns Five pitch dictations using the notes of the major scale 10 Term 4, Wk 4 p72 ACAMUM089 Develop technical and expressive skills in playing instruments with understanding of rhythm, pitch and form in a range of pieces Individually play a known song on keyboard (2 hands) using treble clef and bass clef (Gold Star) 9 Term 3, Wk 8 p56 Dynamics Not assessed Form Rondo Students explain how the elements of music are used to communicate meaning in the music they compose Students use rhythm, pitch and form symbols and terminology to compose music ACAMUM090 Compose by improvising, sourcing and arranging ideas and making decisions to engage an audience Compose a melody in Rondo form including tam-te and syncopa and using the notes of the major scale 8 Term 2, Wk 8 p52 Timbre Voice types Explain how the elements of music are used to communicate meaning in the music they listen to ACAMUR091 Explain how the elements of music communicate meaning by comparing music from different contexts Identify voice types (Soprano, Alto, Tenor, Bass) from recordings 7 Term 3, Wk 5 p49 Texture Not assessed The Australian Curriculum – The Arts (Music) Scope and Sequence Thread P-Year 2 Year 3 – 4 Year 5 - 6 Exploring ideas and improvising with ways to represent ideas Develop aural skills by exploring and imitating sounds, pitch and rhythm patterns using voice, movement and body percussion Develop aural skills by exploring, imitating and recognising elements of music including dynamics, pitch and rhythm patterns Explore dynamics and expression, using aural skills to identify and perform rhythm and pitch patterns Developing understanding of practices Sing and play instruments to improvise, practice a repertoire of chants, songs and rhymes, including songs used by cultural groups in the community Practise singing, playing instruments and improvising music, using elements of music including rhythm, pitch, dynamics and form in a range of pieces, including in music from the local community Develop technical and expressive skills in singing and playing instruments with understanding of rhythm, pitch and form in a range of pieces, including in music from the community Sharing artworks through performance, presentation or display Create compositions and perform music to communicate ideas to an audience Create, perform and record compositions by selecting and organising sounds, silence, tempo and volume Rehearse and perform music, including music they have composed, by improvising, sourcing and arranging ideas and making decisions to engage an audience Responding to and interpreting artworks Respond to music and consider where and why people make music, starting with Australian music, including music of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples Identify intended purposes and meanings as they listen to music, using the elements of music to make comparisons, starting with Australian music, including music of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples Identify intended purposes and meanings as they listen to music, using the elements of music to make comparisons, starting with Australian music, including music of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples Balance and coverage of general capabilities and cross-curriculum priorities across P–10 ICT ICT competence CCT Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander histories and cultures ASIA 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Term 4 Sustainability Intercultural understanding IU Personal and social competence SUST PSC Term 3 Ethical behaviour Asia and Australia’s engagement with Asia ASIA ASIA English Mathematics Science 1 EB Term 2 SUST Term 1 P Critical and creative thinking SUST Numeracy ASIA NUM SUST Literacy ASIA LIT SUST Key